CN119866657A - Network authentication of User Equipment (UE) location - Google Patents

Network authentication of User Equipment (UE) location Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN119866657A
CN119866657A CN202380065796.6A CN202380065796A CN119866657A CN 119866657 A CN119866657 A CN 119866657A CN 202380065796 A CN202380065796 A CN 202380065796A CN 119866657 A CN119866657 A CN 119866657A
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
location
verified
ran
response
node
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
CN202380065796.6A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
C·萨哈
B·什雷斯塔
U·蒲亚尔
A·里科阿尔瓦里尼奥
X·F·王
H·克里什纳默西
P·加尔
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Qualcomm Inc
Original Assignee
Qualcomm Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US18/353,418 external-priority patent/US20240107489A1/en
Application filed by Qualcomm Inc filed Critical Qualcomm Inc
Publication of CN119866657A publication Critical patent/CN119866657A/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W64/00Locating users or terminals or network equipment for network management purposes, e.g. mobility management

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

公开了用于位置验证的技术。在一方面,无线电接入网络(RAN)节点从核心网络节点接收验证用户装备(UE)的位置的请求;与该UE执行基于RAN的定位规程以确定该UE的验证的位置;以及向该核心网络节点发送响应,该响应包括:在该基于RAN的定位规程期间由该UE获得的测量、在该基于RAN的定位规程期间由该RAN节点获得的测量、该UE的该验证的位置、该UE的该位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。

Techniques for location verification are disclosed. In one aspect, a radio access network (RAN) node receives a request from a core network node to verify the location of a user equipment (UE); performs a RAN-based positioning procedure with the UE to determine a verified location of the UE; and sends a response to the core network node, the response comprising: measurements obtained by the UE during the RAN-based positioning procedure, measurements obtained by the RAN node during the RAN-based positioning procedure, the verified location of the UE, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof.

Description

用户装备(UE)位置的网络验证Network verification of User Equipment (UE) location

相关申请的交叉引用CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

本专利申请要求于2022年9月26日提交的名称为“NETWORK VERIFICATION OFUSER EQUIPMENT(UE)LOCATION(用户装备(UE)位置的网络验证)”的美国临时申请号63/377,174的权益,该美国临时申请被转让给本申请受让人并且通过引用以其全文明确地并入本文。This patent application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 63/377,174, filed on September 26, 2022, entitled “NETWORK VERIFICATION OF USER EQUIPMENT (UE) LOCATION,” which is assigned to the assignee of this application and is expressly incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

背景技术Background Art

1.技术领域1. Technical Field

本公开的各方面整体涉及无线通信。Aspects of the present disclosure relate generally to wireless communications.

2.相关技术描述2. Description of related technologies

无线通信系统已经发展了许多代,包括第一代模拟无线电话服务(1G)、第二代(2G)数字无线电话服务(包括过渡的2.5G和2.75G网络)、第三代(3G)高速数据、具有互联网能力的无线服务和第四代(4G)服务(例如,长期演进(LTE)或WiMax)。目前有许多不同类型的无线通信系统在使用,包括蜂窝系统和个人通信服务(PCS)系统。已知的蜂窝系统的示例包括蜂窝模拟高级移动电话系统(AMPS),以及基于码分多址(CDMA)、频分多址(FDMA)、时分多址(TDMA)、全球移动通信系统(GSM)等的数字蜂窝系统。Wireless communication systems have evolved over many generations, including first generation analog wireless telephone service (1G), second generation (2G) digital wireless telephone service (including transitional 2.5G and 2.75G networks), third generation (3G) high speed data, wireless service with Internet capabilities, and fourth generation (4G) services (e.g., Long Term Evolution (LTE) or WiMax). There are many different types of wireless communication systems in use today, including cellular systems and personal communications service (PCS) systems. Examples of known cellular systems include the cellular analog Advanced Mobile Phone System (AMPS), and digital cellular systems based on code division multiple access (CDMA), frequency division multiple access (FDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), and the like.

被称为新无线电(NR)的第五代(5G)无线标准实现更高的数据传递速度、更多数量的连接和更好的覆盖范围以及其他改进。根据下一代移动网络联盟,与先前标准相比,5G标准被设计成提供更高的数据速率、更准确的定位(例如,基于用于定位的参考信号(RS-P),诸如下行链路、上行链路或侧链路定位参考信号(PRS))以及其他技术增强。这些增强以及对较高频带的使用、PRS过程和技术的进步、以及5G的高密度部署实现了基于5G的高准确度定位。The fifth generation (5G) wireless standard, known as New Radio (NR), enables higher data transfer speeds, a greater number of connections, and better coverage, among other improvements. According to the Next Generation Mobile Networks Alliance, the 5G standard is designed to provide higher data rates, more accurate positioning (e.g., based on reference signals for positioning (RS-P), such as downlink, uplink, or sidelink positioning reference signals (PRS)), and other technical enhancements compared to previous standards. These enhancements, along with the use of higher frequency bands, advances in PRS processes and technologies, and high-density deployments of 5G, enable highly accurate positioning based on 5G.

发明内容Summary of the invention

以下呈现与本文所公开的一个或多个方面相关的简化发明内容。由此,以下发明内容既不应当被认为是与所有构想的方面相关的详尽纵览,也不应当被认为标识与所有构想的方面相关的关键性或决定性元素或描绘与任何特定方面相关联的范围。因此,以下发明内容的唯一目的是在以下呈现的具体实施方式之前以简要形式呈现与涉及本文所公开的机制的一个或多个方面相关的某些概念。The following presents a simplified summary of the invention related to one or more aspects disclosed herein. Thus, the following summary of the invention should neither be considered as an exhaustive overview related to all conceived aspects, nor should it be considered to identify key or decisive elements related to all conceived aspects or to delineate the scope associated with any particular aspect. Therefore, the sole purpose of the following summary of the invention is to present certain concepts related to one or more aspects of the mechanisms disclosed herein in a brief form before the detailed embodiments presented below.

在一方面,一种由无线电接入网络(RAN)节点执行的位置验证的方法包括:从核心网络节点接收验证用户装备(UE)的位置的请求;与该UE执行基于RAN的定位规程以确定该UE的验证的位置;以及向该核心网络节点发送响应,该响应包括:在基于RAN的定位规程期间由该UE获得的测量、在基于RAN的定位规程期间由该RAN节点获得的测量、该UE的验证的位置、该UE的该位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。In one aspect, a method of location verification performed by a radio access network (RAN) node includes: receiving a request to verify the location of a user equipment (UE) from a core network node; performing a RAN-based positioning procedure with the UE to determine the verified location of the UE; and sending a response to the core network node, the response including: measurements obtained by the UE during the RAN-based positioning procedure, measurements obtained by the RAN node during the RAN-based positioning procedure, the verified location of the UE, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof.

在一方面,一种由核心网络节点执行的位置验证的方法包括:向无线电接入网络(RAN)节点发送验证用户装备(UE)的位置的请求;以及从该RAN节点接收响应,来自该RAN节点的该响应包括:在由该RAN节点和该UE执行的基于RAN的定位规程期间由该UE获得的测量、在该基于RAN的定位规程期间由该RAN节点获得的测量、该UE的RAN节点验证的位置、该UE的该位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。In one aspect, a method of location verification performed by a core network node comprises: sending a request to a radio access network (RAN) node to verify the location of a user equipment (UE); and receiving a response from the RAN node, the response from the RAN node comprising: measurements obtained by the UE during a RAN-based positioning procedure performed by the RAN node and the UE, measurements obtained by the RAN node during the RAN-based positioning procedure, a location of the UE verified by the RAN node, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof.

在一方面,一种由位置服务器执行的位置验证的方法包括:从核心网络节点接收验证用户装备(UE)的位置的请求;与该UE执行基于位置服务器的定位规程以确定该UE的验证的位置;以及向该核心网络节点发送响应,该响应包括该UE的验证的位置、该UE的该位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。In one aspect, a method of location verification performed by a location server includes: receiving a request to verify the location of a user equipment (UE) from a core network node; performing a location server-based positioning procedure with the UE to determine the verified location of the UE; and sending a response to the core network node, the response including the verified location of the UE, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof.

在一方面,一种无线电接入网络(RAN)节点包括:存储器;至少一个收发器;以及至少一个处理器,该至少一个处理器通信地耦合到该存储器和该至少一个收发器并且被配置为:经由该至少一个收发器从核心网络节点接收验证用户装备(UE)的位置的请求;与该UE执行基于RAN的定位规程以确定该UE的验证的位置;以及经由该至少一个收发器向该核心网络节点发送响应,该响应包括:在基于RAN的定位规程期间由该UE获得的测量、在基于RAN的定位规程期间由该RAN节点获得的测量、该UE的验证的位置、该UE的该位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。In one aspect, a radio access network (RAN) node includes: a memory; at least one transceiver; and at least one processor, the at least one processor being communicatively coupled to the memory and the at least one transceiver and configured to: receive a request to verify the location of a user equipment (UE) from a core network node via the at least one transceiver; perform a RAN-based positioning procedure with the UE to determine the verified location of the UE; and send a response to the core network node via the at least one transceiver, the response comprising: measurements obtained by the UE during the RAN-based positioning procedure, measurements obtained by the RAN node during the RAN-based positioning procedure, the verified location of the UE, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof.

在一方面,一种核心网络节点包括:存储器;至少一个收发器;和至少一个处理器,该至少一个处理器通信地耦合到该存储器和该至少一个收发器并且被配置为:经由该至少一个收发器向无线电接入网络(RAN)节点发送验证用户装备(UE)的位置的请求;以及经由该至少一个收发器从该RAN节点接收响应,来自该RAN节点的该响应包括:在由该RAN节点和该UE执行的基于RAN的定位规程期间由该UE获得的测量、在该基于RAN的定位规程期间由该RAN节点获得的测量、该UE的RAN节点验证的位置、该UE的该位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。In one aspect, a core network node comprises: a memory; at least one transceiver; and at least one processor, the at least one processor being communicatively coupled to the memory and the at least one transceiver and configured to: send a request to a radio access network (RAN) node via the at least one transceiver to verify the location of a user equipment (UE); and receive a response from the RAN node via the at least one transceiver, the response from the RAN node comprising: measurements obtained by the UE during a RAN-based positioning procedure performed by the RAN node and the UE, measurements obtained by the RAN node during the RAN-based positioning procedure, a location of the UE verified by the RAN node, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof.

在一方面,一种位置服务器包括:存储器;至少一个收发器;和至少一个处理器,该至少一个处理器通信地耦合到该存储器和该至少一个收发器并且被配置为:经由该至少一个收发器从核心网络节点接收验证用户装备(UE)的位置的请求;与该UE执行基于位置服务器的定位规程以确定该UE的验证的位置;以及经由该至少一个收发器向该核心网络节点发送响应,该响应包括该UE的验证的位置、该UE的该位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。In one aspect, a location server comprises: a memory; at least one transceiver; and at least one processor, the at least one processor being communicatively coupled to the memory and the at least one transceiver and configured to: receive a request to verify the location of a user equipment (UE) from a core network node via the at least one transceiver; perform a location server-based positioning procedure with the UE to determine the verified location of the UE; and send a response to the core network node via the at least one transceiver, the response including the verified location of the UE, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof.

在一方面,一种无线电接入网络(RAN)节点包括:用于从核心网络节点接收验证用户装备(UE)的位置的请求的部件;用于与该UE执行基于RAN的定位规程以确定UE的验证的位置的部件;以及用于向该核心网络节点发送响应的部件,该响应包括:在基于RAN的定位规程期间由该UE获得的测量、在基于RAN的定位规程期间由该RAN节点获得的测量、该UE的验证的位置、该UE的该位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。In one aspect, a radio access network (RAN) node includes: a component for receiving a request to verify the location of a user equipment (UE) from a core network node; a component for performing a RAN-based positioning procedure with the UE to determine the verified location of the UE; and a component for sending a response to the core network node, the response including: measurements obtained by the UE during the RAN-based positioning procedure, measurements obtained by the RAN node during the RAN-based positioning procedure, the verified location of the UE, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof.

在一方面,一种核心网络节点包括:用于向无线电接入网络(RAN)节点发送验证用户装备(UE)的位置的请求的部件;以及用于从该RAN节点接收响应的部件,来自该RAN节点的该响应包括:在由该RAN节点和该UE执行的基于RAN的定位规程期间由该UE获得的测量、在该基于RAN的定位规程期间由该RAN节点获得的测量、该UE的RAN节点验证的位置、该UE的该位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。In one aspect, a core network node includes: means for sending a request to a radio access network (RAN) node to verify the location of a user equipment (UE); and means for receiving a response from the RAN node, the response from the RAN node comprising: measurements obtained by the UE during a RAN-based positioning procedure performed by the RAN node and the UE, measurements obtained by the RAN node during the RAN-based positioning procedure, a location of the UE verified by the RAN node, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof.

在一方面,一种位置服务器包括:用于从核心网络节点接收验证用户装备(UE)的位置的请求的部件;用于与该UE执行基于位置服务器的定位规程以确定该UE的验证的位置的部件;和用于向该核心网络节点发送响应的部件,该响应包括该UE的验证的位置、该UE的该位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。In one aspect, a location server includes: a component for receiving a request to verify the location of a user equipment (UE) from a core network node; a component for performing a location server-based positioning procedure with the UE to determine the verified location of the UE; and a component for sending a response to the core network node, the response including the verified location of the UE, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof.

在一方面,一种非暂态计算机可读介质存储计算机可执行指令,这些指令在由无线电接入网络(RAN)节点执行时使该RAN:从核心网络节点接收验证用户装备(UE)的位置的请求;与该UE执行基于RAN的定位规程以确定该UE的验证的位置;以及向该核心网络节点发送响应,该响应包括:在基于RAN的定位规程期间由该UE获得的测量、在基于RAN的定位规程期间由该RAN节点获得的测量、该UE的验证的位置、该UE的该位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。In one aspect, a non-transitory computer-readable medium stores computer-executable instructions that, when executed by a radio access network (RAN) node, cause the RAN to: receive a request from a core network node to verify the location of a user equipment (UE); perform a RAN-based positioning procedure with the UE to determine the verified location of the UE; and send a response to the core network node, the response comprising: measurements obtained by the UE during the RAN-based positioning procedure, measurements obtained by the RAN node during the RAN-based positioning procedure, the verified location of the UE, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof.

在一方面,一种非暂态计算机可读介质存储计算机可执行指令,这些指令在由核心网络节点执行时使该核心网络节点:向无线电接入网络(RAN)节点发送验证用户装备(UE)的位置的请求;以及从该RAN节点接收响应,来自该RAN节点的该响应包括:在由该RAN节点和该UE执行的基于RAN的定位规程期间由该UE获得的测量、在该基于RAN的定位规程期间由该RAN节点获得的测量、该UE的RAN节点验证的位置、该UE的该位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。In one aspect, a non-transitory computer-readable medium stores computer-executable instructions that, when executed by a core network node, cause the core network node to: send a request to a radio access network (RAN) node to verify the location of a user equipment (UE); and receive a response from the RAN node, the response from the RAN node comprising: measurements obtained by the UE during a RAN-based positioning procedure performed by the RAN node and the UE, measurements obtained by the RAN node during the RAN-based positioning procedure, a location of the UE verified by the RAN node, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof.

在一方面,一种非暂态计算机可读介质存储计算机可执行指令,这些指令在由位置服务器执行时使该位置服务器:从核心网络节点接收验证用户装备(UE)的位置的请求;与该UE执行基于位置服务器的定位规程以确定该UE的验证的位置;以及向该核心网络节点发送响应,该响应包括该UE的验证的位置、该UE的该位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。In one aspect, a non-transitory computer-readable medium stores computer-executable instructions that, when executed by a location server, cause the location server to: receive a request to verify the location of a user equipment (UE) from a core network node; perform a location server-based positioning procedure with the UE to determine the verified location of the UE; and send a response to the core network node, the response including the verified location of the UE, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof.

基于附图和具体实施方式,与本文所公开的各方面相关联的其他目的和优点对于本领域技术人员将是显而易见的。Other objects and advantages associated with the various aspects disclosed herein will be apparent to those skilled in the art based on the drawings and detailed description.

附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

呈现附图以帮助描述本公开的各种方面,并且提供附图仅用于例示而非限制各方面。The accompanying drawings are presented to aid in describing various aspects of the present disclosure and are provided solely for illustration and not limitation of the aspects.

图1例示了根据本公开的各方面的示例无线通信系统。FIG. 1 illustrates an example wireless communication system in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.

图2A、图2B和图2C例示了根据本公开的各方面的示例无线网络结构。2A , 2B and 2C illustrate example wireless network structures according to aspects of the present disclosure.

图3A、图3B和图3C是可分别在用户装备(UE)、基站和网络实体中采用的并且被配置为支持如本文所教导的通信的组件的若干示例方面的简化框图。3A , 3B and 3C are simplified block diagrams of several sample aspects of components that may be employed in a user equipment (UE), a base station and a network entity, respectively, and configured to support communications as taught herein.

图4例示了根据本公开的各方面的新无线电(NR)中所支持的各种定位方法的示例。4 illustrates examples of various positioning methods supported in New Radio (NR) according to aspects of the present disclosure.

图5例示了用于定位的示例长期演进(LTE)定位协议(LPP)参考源。5 illustrates example Long Term Evolution (LTE) Positioning Protocol (LPP) reference sources for positioning.

图6例示了根据本公开的各方面的用于非漫游场景的监管位置服务的公共陆地移动网络(PLMN)外部的位置服务(LCS)客户端的一般网络定位的规程。6 illustrates a procedure for general network positioning of a location service (LCS) client outside a public land mobile network (PLMN) that regulates location services for a non-roaming scenario in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.

图7是例示根据本公开的各方面的基于所获得的信息的UE提供的位置验证的示图。7 is a diagram illustrating UE-provided location verification based on obtained information according to aspects of the present disclosure.

图8例示了根据本公开的各方面的接入和移动性管理功能(AMF)验证的UE位置的示例规程。8 illustrates an example procedure for UE location verified by an access and mobility management function (AMF) in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.

图9例示了根据本公开的各方面的位置管理功能(LMF)验证的UE位置的示例规程。9 illustrates an example procedure for UE location verified by a location management function (LMF) in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.

图10例示了根据本公开的各方面的LMF验证的UE位置的示例规程的进一步细节。FIG. 10 illustrates further details of an example procedure for LMF verified UE location in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.

图11例示了根据本公开的各方面的无线电接入网络(RAN)验证的UE位置的示例规程。11 illustrates an example procedure for radio access network (RAN) verified UE location in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.

图12是例示在多个地理区域上生成多个发送波束的空间飞行器的示例的示图。12 is a diagram illustrating an example of a space vehicle that generates multiple transmit beams over multiple geographic areas.

图13至图15例示了根据本公开的各方面的位置验证的示例方法。13-15 illustrate example methods of location verification according to aspects of the present disclosure.

具体实施方式DETAILED DESCRIPTION

本公开的各方面在以下针对出于例示目的提供的各种示例的描述和相关附图中提供。在不脱离本公开的范围的情况下,可以设计出另选方面。附加地,将不详细描述或将省略本公开的众所周知的元件,以免使本公开的相关细节难以理解。Various aspects of the present disclosure are provided in the following description and related drawings for various examples provided for illustrative purposes. Alternative aspects may be designed without departing from the scope of the present disclosure. Additionally, well-known elements of the present disclosure will not be described in detail or will be omitted to avoid making the relevant details of the present disclosure difficult to understand.

各个方面整体涉及无线定位。一些方面更具体地涉及用户装备(UE)位置的网络验证。在一些示例中,由UE报告的位置信息可由接入和移动性管理功能(AMF)、位置管理功能(LMF)或无线电接入网络(RAN)节点通过执行与UE不同的定位方法(诸如基于无线电接入技术(RAT)的定位规程)来验证。在一些示例中,AMF可维护其上下文内具有验证的位置的UE的列表。UE可具有与其相关联的有效性定时器,该有效性定时器可在UE位置的验证时被触发。另一验证过程可在UE定时器期满、UE跟踪区域改变、UE位置改变高于阈值和/或UE注册区域更新时被触发。Various aspects relate generally to wireless positioning. Some aspects relate more specifically to network verification of user equipment (UE) location. In some examples, location information reported by the UE may be verified by an access and mobility management function (AMF), a location management function (LMF), or a radio access network (RAN) node by performing a positioning method different from the UE, such as a positioning procedure based on a radio access technology (RAT). In some examples, the AMF may maintain a list of UEs with verified locations within its context. The UE may have a validity timer associated with it that may be triggered upon verification of the UE location. Another verification process may be triggered when a UE timer expires, a UE tracking area changes, a UE location change is above a threshold, and/or a UE registration area is updated.

可实现本公开中所描述的主题的特定方面以实现以下潜在优点中的一者或多者。在一些示例中,通过执行与UE用来报告其位置的定位方法不同的定位方法,所描述的技术可用于实现UE的位置的网络验证。Certain aspects of the subject matter described in this disclosure can be implemented to achieve one or more of the following potential advantages. In some examples, the described techniques can be used to enable network verification of a UE's location by performing a different positioning method than the one the UE uses to report its location.

词语“示例性”和/或“示例”在本文中用于表示“用作示例、实例或例示”。在本文中被描述为“示例性”和/或“示例”的任何方面不必被解释为优于或胜过其他方面。同样,术语“本公开的各方面”不要求本公开的所有方面都包括所讨论的特征、优势或操作模式。The words "exemplary" and/or "example" are used herein to mean "serving as an example, instance, or illustration." Any aspect described herein as "exemplary" and/or "example" is not necessarily to be construed as preferred or superior to other aspects. Likewise, the term "aspects of the disclosure" does not require that all aspects of the disclosure include the discussed feature, advantage, or mode of operation.

本领域技术人员应当理解,可以使用各种不同的技术和方法中的任一者来表示下文所述的信息和信号。例如,在以下整个描述中可能提及的数据、指令、命令、信息、信号、位、符号和芯片可以由电压、电流、电磁波、磁场或磁性粒子、光场或光学粒子或它们的任何组合来表示,这部分地取决于具体应用,部分地取决于期望的设计,部分地取决于对应的技术,等等。Those skilled in the art will appreciate that any of a variety of different techniques and methods may be used to represent the information and signals described below. For example, data, instructions, commands, information, signals, bits, symbols, and chips that may be mentioned throughout the following description may be represented by voltage, current, electromagnetic waves, magnetic fields or magnetic particles, light fields or optical particles, or any combination thereof, which depends in part on the specific application, in part on the desired design, in part on the corresponding technology, and so on.

此外,许多方面根据要由例如计算设备的元件执行的动作的序列进行描述。应当理解,本文所述的各种动作可以由特定电路(例如,专用集成电路(ASIC))、由通过一个或多个处理器执行的程序指令、或者由两者的组合来执行。附加地,本文所述的动作序列可以被认为是完全体现在任何形式的非暂态计算机可读存储介质内,该非暂态计算机可读存储介质中存储有对应计算机指令集,该对应计算机指令集在执行时将使得或命令设备的相关联处理器执行本文所述的功能性。因此,本公开的各个方面可以以多种不同的形式来体现,所有这些形式已经被预期在所要求保护的主题的范围内。此外,对于本文所述的各方面中的每个方面,任何此类方面的对应形式在本文中可以被描述为例如“被配置为执行所描述的动作的逻辑部件”。In addition, many aspects are described in terms of a sequence of actions to be performed by, for example, an element of a computing device. It should be understood that the various actions described herein may be performed by a specific circuit (e.g., an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC)), by a program instruction executed by one or more processors, or by a combination of the two. Additionally, the sequence of actions described herein may be considered to be fully embodied in any form of non-transient computer-readable storage medium, in which a corresponding computer instruction set is stored, which, when executed, will cause or command the associated processor of the device to perform the functionality described herein. Therefore, various aspects of the present disclosure may be embodied in a variety of different forms, all of which have been contemplated to be within the scope of the claimed subject matter. In addition, for each of the various aspects described herein, the corresponding form of any such aspect may be described herein as, for example, "a logical component configured to perform the described action".

如本文所用,除非另有说明,否则术语“用户装备”(UE)和“基站”不旨在是特定的或以其他方式限于任何特定的无线电接入技术(RAT)。一般来讲,UE可以是由用户用于通过无线通信网络进行通信的任何无线通信设备(例如,移动电话、路由器、平板计算机、膝上型计算机、消费者资产定位设备、可穿戴设备(例如,智能手表、眼镜、增强现实(AR)/虚拟现实(VR)头戴式设备等)、交通工具(例如,汽车、摩托车、自行车等)、物联网(IoT)设备等)。UE可以是移动的或者可以(例如,在某些时间)是驻定的,并且可以与无线电接入网络(RAN)进行通信。如本文所用,术语“UE”可被互换地称为“接入终端”或“AT”、“客户端设备”、“无线设备”、“订户设备”、“订户终端”、“订户站”、“用户终端”或“UT”、“移动设备”、“移动终端”、“移动站”或它们的变型。一般来讲,UE可经由RAN与核心网络通信,并且通过核心网络,UE可以与外部网络诸如互联网以及与其他UE连接。当然,对于UE而言,连接到核心网络和/或互联网的其他机制也是可能的,诸如通过有线接入网络、无线局域网(WLAN)网络(例如,基于电气和电子工程师协会(IEEE)802.11规范等)等。As used herein, unless otherwise specified, the terms "user equipment" (UE) and "base station" are not intended to be specific or otherwise limited to any specific radio access technology (RAT). In general, a UE may be any wireless communication device (e.g., a mobile phone, a router, a tablet computer, a laptop computer, a consumer asset location device, a wearable device (e.g., a smart watch, glasses, an augmented reality (AR)/virtual reality (VR) head-mounted device, etc.), a vehicle (e.g., a car, a motorcycle, a bicycle, etc.), an Internet of Things (IoT) device, etc.) used by a user to communicate over a wireless communication network. A UE may be mobile or may be stationary (e.g., at certain times) and may communicate with a radio access network (RAN). As used herein, the term "UE" may be interchangeably referred to as an "access terminal" or "AT", "client device", "wireless device", "subscriber device", "subscriber terminal", "subscriber station", "user terminal" or "UT", "mobile device", "mobile terminal", "mobile station" or variations thereof. In general, a UE may communicate with a core network via a RAN, and through the core network, the UE may connect to external networks such as the Internet and to other UEs. Of course, other mechanisms for the UE to connect to the core network and/or the Internet are also possible, such as through a wired access network, a wireless local area network (WLAN) network (e.g., based on the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.11 specification, etc.), etc.

基站可取决于该基站被部署在其中的网络而根据若干RAT中的一个RAT进行操作来与UE通信,并且另选地可被称为接入点(AP)、网络节点、节点B、演进型节点B(eNB)、下一代eNB(ng-eNB)、新无线电(NR)节点B(也被称为gNB或gNodeB)等等。基站可主要用于支持UE的无线接入,包括支持针对所支持的UE的数据、语音和/或信令连接。在一些系统中,基站可以仅提供边缘节点信令功能,而在其他系统中,基站可以提供附加的控制和/或网络管理功能。UE可以借以向基站传送信号的通信链路被称为上行链路(UL)信道(例如,反向业务信道、反向控制信道、接入信道等)。基站可以借以向UE传送信号的通信链路被称为下行链路(DL)或前向链路信道(例如,寻呼信道、控制信道、广播信道、前向业务信道等)。如本文所用,术语“业务信道(TCH)”可指上行链路/反向业务信道或下行链路/前向业务信道。A base station may operate according to one of several RATs to communicate with a UE, depending on the network in which the base station is deployed, and may alternatively be referred to as an access point (AP), a network node, a Node B, an evolved Node B (eNB), a next generation eNB (ng-eNB), a new radio (NR) Node B (also referred to as a gNB or gNodeB), etc. A base station may be primarily used to support wireless access for UEs, including supporting data, voice, and/or signaling connections for supported UEs. In some systems, a base station may only provide edge node signaling functions, while in other systems, a base station may provide additional control and/or network management functions. The communication link by which a UE may transmit a signal to a base station is referred to as an uplink (UL) channel (e.g., a reverse traffic channel, a reverse control channel, an access channel, etc.). The communication link by which a base station may transmit a signal to a UE is referred to as a downlink (DL) or forward link channel (e.g., a paging channel, a control channel, a broadcast channel, a forward traffic channel, etc.). As used herein, the term "traffic channel (TCH)" may refer to an uplink/reverse traffic channel or a downlink/forward traffic channel.

术语“基站”可以指代单个物理发送接收点(TRP)或者可共址或可不共址的多个物理TRP。例如,在术语“基站”指单个物理TRP的情况下,物理TRP可以是与基站的小区(或若干小区扇区)相对应的基站的天线。在术语“基站”指多个共址的物理TRP的情况下,物理TRP可以是基站的天线阵列(例如,如在多输入多输出(MIMO)系统中或在基站采用波束成形的情况下)。在术语“基站”指多个非共址的物理TRP的情况下,物理TRP可以是分布式天线系统(DAS)(经由传输介质连接到公共源的空间上分离的天线的网络)或远程无线电头端(RRH)(连接到服务基站的远程基站)。另选地,非共址的物理TRP可以是从UE接收测量报告的服务基站以及UE正在测量其参考射频(RF)信号的相邻基站。因为如本文所用,TRP是基站借以发送和接收无线信号的点,所以对从基站进行发送或在基站处进行接收的提及应当被理解为是指基站的特定TRP。The term "base station" may refer to a single physical transmit-receive point (TRP) or multiple physical TRPs that may or may not be co-located. For example, where the term "base station" refers to a single physical TRP, the physical TRP may be an antenna of the base station corresponding to a cell (or several cell sectors) of the base station. Where the term "base station" refers to multiple co-located physical TRPs, the physical TRP may be an antenna array of the base station (e.g., as in a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) system or where the base station employs beamforming). Where the term "base station" refers to multiple non-co-located physical TRPs, the physical TRP may be a distributed antenna system (DAS) (a network of spatially separated antennas connected to a common source via a transmission medium) or a remote radio head (RRH) (a remote base station connected to a serving base station). Alternatively, the non-co-located physical TRP may be a serving base station that receives measurement reports from a UE and an adjacent base station whose reference radio frequency (RF) signal the UE is measuring. Because, as used herein, a TRP is a point by which a base station transmits and receives wireless signals, references to transmitting from a base station or receiving at a base station should be understood to refer to a specific TRP of a base station.

在支持UE定位的一些具体实施中,基站可能不支持UE的无线接入(例如,可能不支持针对UE的数据、语音和/或信令连接),但可替代地向UE发送要由UE测量的参考信号和/或可接收和测量由UE发送的信号。此类基站可被称为定位塔台(例如,在向UE发送信号的情况下)和/或被称为位置测量单元(例如,在接收和测量来自UE的信号的情况下)。In some implementations of supporting UE positioning, a base station may not support wireless access for a UE (e.g., may not support data, voice, and/or signaling connections for the UE), but may instead send a reference signal to be measured by the UE and/or may receive and measure a signal sent by the UE. Such a base station may be referred to as a positioning tower (e.g., in the case of sending a signal to the UE) and/or as a position measurement unit (e.g., in the case of receiving and measuring a signal from the UE).

“RF信号”包括通过发送器与接收器之间的空间来传输信息的给定频率的电磁波。如本文所用,发送器可向接收器发送单个“RF信号”或多个“RF信号”。然而,由于RF信号通过多径信道的传播特性,接收器可以接收对应于每个所发送的RF信号的多个“RF信号”。在发送器和接收器之间的不同路径上的相同所发送的RF信号可以被称为“多径”RF信号。如本文所用,在根据上下文清楚术语“信号”是指无线信号或RF信号的情况下,RF信号也可以被称为“无线信号”或简称为“信号”。An "RF signal" includes an electromagnetic wave of a given frequency that transmits information through the space between a transmitter and a receiver. As used herein, a transmitter may transmit a single "RF signal" or multiple "RF signals" to a receiver. However, due to the propagation characteristics of RF signals through multipath channels, a receiver may receive multiple "RF signals" corresponding to each transmitted RF signal. The same transmitted RF signal on different paths between a transmitter and a receiver may be referred to as a "multipath" RF signal. As used herein, an RF signal may also be referred to as a "wireless signal" or simply a "signal" where it is clear from the context that the term "signal" refers to a wireless signal or an RF signal.

图1例示了根据本公开的各方面的示例无线通信系统100。无线通信系统100(其也可被称为无线广域网(WWAN))可包括各种基站102(标记为“BS”)和各种UE 104。基站102可以包括宏小区基站(高功率蜂窝基站)和/或小型小区基站(低功率蜂窝基站)。在一方面,宏小区基站可包括eNB和/或ng-eNB(其中无线通信系统100对应于LTE网络)、或gNB(其中无线通信系统100对应于NR网络)、或这两者的组合,并且小型小区基站可包括毫微微小区、微微小区、微小区等。FIG. 1 illustrates an example wireless communication system 100 according to various aspects of the present disclosure. The wireless communication system 100 (which may also be referred to as a wireless wide area network (WWAN)) may include various base stations 102 (labeled as "BS") and various UEs 104. The base stations 102 may include macro cell base stations (high power cellular base stations) and/or small cell base stations (low power cellular base stations). In one aspect, the macro cell base stations may include eNBs and/or ng-eNBs (where the wireless communication system 100 corresponds to an LTE network), or gNBs (where the wireless communication system 100 corresponds to an NR network), or a combination of the two, and the small cell base stations may include femto cells, pico cells, micro cells, etc.

基站102可共同形成RAN,并且通过回传链路122与核心网络170(例如,演进分组核心(EPC)或5G核心(5GC))对接,并且通过核心网络170与一个或多个位置服务器172(例如,位置管理功能(LMF)或安全用户面位置(SUPL)位置平台(SLP))对接。位置服务器172可以是核心网络170的一部分或可以在核心网络170外部。位置服务器172可以与基站102集成。UE104可以直接地或间接地与位置服务器172进行通信。例如,UE 104可以经由当前服务于该UE 104的基站102与位置服务器172进行通信。UE 104还可以通过另一路径与位置服务器172通信,诸如经由应用服务器(未示出),经由另一网络,诸如经由无线局域网(WLAN)接入点(AP)(例如,下文所述的AP 150),等等。出于信令目的,UE 104与位置服务器172之间的通信可以表示为间接连接(例如,通过核心网络170等)或直接连接(例如,如经由直接连接128所示),其中为清楚起见,从信令图中省略了中间节点(如果存在的话)。The base stations 102 may collectively form a RAN and interface with a core network 170 (e.g., an evolved packet core (EPC) or a 5G core (5GC)) through a backhaul link 122, and interface with one or more location servers 172 (e.g., a location management function (LMF) or a secure user plane location (SUPL) location platform (SLP)) through the core network 170. The location server 172 may be part of the core network 170 or may be external to the core network 170. The location server 172 may be integrated with the base station 102. The UE 104 may communicate with the location server 172 directly or indirectly. For example, the UE 104 may communicate with the location server 172 via the base station 102 currently serving the UE 104. The UE 104 may also communicate with the location server 172 through another path, such as via an application server (not shown), via another network, such as via a wireless local area network (WLAN) access point (AP) (e.g., the AP 150 described below), and the like. For signaling purposes, communication between UE 104 and location server 172 may be represented as an indirect connection (e.g., through core network 170, etc.) or a direct connection (e.g., as shown via direct connection 128), with intermediate nodes (if any) omitted from the signaling diagram for clarity.

除了其他功能之外,基站102可以执行与以下中的一者或多者相关的功能:传递用户数据、无线电信道加密和解密、完整性保护、报头压缩、移动性控制功能(例如,移交、双连接)、小区间干扰协调、连接建立和释放、负载平衡、非接入层(NAS)消息的分发、NAS节点选择、同步、RAN共享、多媒体广播多播服务(MBMS)、订户和装备跟踪、RAN信息管理(RIM)、寻呼、定位,以及警告消息的递送。基站102可以在回传链路134上直接或间接(例如,通过EPC/5GC)彼此通信,该回传链路可以是有线的或无线的。Among other functions, the base station 102 can perform functions related to one or more of the following: delivering user data, radio channel encryption and decryption, integrity protection, header compression, mobility control functions (e.g., handover, dual connectivity), inter-cell interference coordination, connection establishment and release, load balancing, distribution of non-access stratum (NAS) messages, NAS node selection, synchronization, RAN sharing, multimedia broadcast multicast service (MBMS), subscriber and equipment tracking, RAN information management (RIM), paging, positioning, and delivery of warning messages. The base stations 102 can communicate with each other directly or indirectly (e.g., through EPC/5GC) on a backhaul link 134, which can be wired or wireless.

基站102可以与UE 104进行无线通信。基站102中的每个基站可以为相应的地理覆盖区域110提供通信覆盖。在一个方面,一个或多个小区可以由每个地理覆盖区域110中的基站102支持。“小区”是用于与基站通信(例如,通过某个频率资源,该频率资源被称为载波频率、分量载波、载波、频带等)的逻辑通信实体,并且可以与用于区分经由相同或不同载波频率操作的小区的标识符(例如,物理小区标识符(PCI)、增强型小区标识符(ECI)、虚拟小区标识符(VCI)、小区全球标识符(CGI)等)相关联。在一些情况下,可以根据可以为不同类型的UE提供接入的不同协议类型(例如,机器类型通信(MTC)、窄带IoT(NB-IoT)、增强型移动宽带(eMBB)或其他协议类型)来配置不同的小区。由于小区由特定基站支持,因此根据上下文,术语“小区”可指逻辑通信实体和支持该逻辑通信实体的基站中的任一者或两者。此外,由于TRP通常是小区的物理发送点,因此术语“小区”和“TRP”可互换地使用。在一些情况下,术语“小区”还可以指代基站的地理覆盖区域(例如,扇区),只要可以检测到载波频率并且将其用于地理覆盖区域110的某个部分内的通信。Base station 102 may communicate wirelessly with UE 104. Each of base stations 102 may provide communication coverage for a corresponding geographic coverage area 110. In one aspect, one or more cells may be supported by base station 102 in each geographic coverage area 110. A "cell" is a logical communication entity used to communicate with a base station (e.g., via a frequency resource, which is referred to as a carrier frequency, component carrier, carrier, frequency band, etc.), and may be associated with an identifier (e.g., a physical cell identifier (PCI), an enhanced cell identifier (ECI), a virtual cell identifier (VCI), a cell global identifier (CGI), etc.) used to distinguish cells operating via the same or different carrier frequencies. In some cases, different cells may be configured according to different protocol types (e.g., machine type communication (MTC), narrowband IoT (NB-IoT), enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), or other protocol types) that may provide access to different types of UEs. Since a cell is supported by a specific base station, the term "cell" may refer to either or both of a logical communication entity and a base station supporting the logical communication entity, depending on the context. In addition, since the TRP is generally the physical transmission point of the cell, the terms "cell" and "TRP" are used interchangeably. In some cases, the term "cell" may also refer to a geographic coverage area (e.g., a sector) of a base station, as long as the carrier frequency can be detected and used for communications within a portion of the geographic coverage area 110.

虽然相邻宏小区基站102的地理覆盖区域110可部分重叠(例如,在移交区域中),但是地理覆盖区域110中的一些区域可以与更大的地理覆盖区域110基本上重叠。例如,小型小区基站102'(对于“小型小区”标记为“SC”)可具有与一个或多个宏小区基站102的地理覆盖区域110基本重叠的地理覆盖区域110'。包括小型小区基站和宏小区基站两者的网络可以被称为异构网络。异构网络还可以包括家庭eNB(HeNB),该HeNB可以向被称为封闭订户组(CSG)的受限组提供服务。Although the geographic coverage areas 110 of neighboring macrocell base stations 102 may partially overlap (e.g., in a handover area), some areas of the geographic coverage areas 110 may substantially overlap with the larger geographic coverage areas 110. For example, a small cell base station 102' (labeled "SC" for "small cell") may have a geographic coverage area 110' that substantially overlaps with the geographic coverage areas 110 of one or more macrocell base stations 102. A network that includes both small cell base stations and macrocell base stations may be referred to as a heterogeneous network. A heterogeneous network may also include a home eNB (HeNB) that may provide services to a restricted group called a closed subscriber group (CSG).

基站102和UE 104之间的通信链路120可以包括从UE 104到基站102的上行链路(也被称为反向链路)发送和/或从基站102到UE 104的下行链路(DL)(也被称为前向链路)发送。通信链路120可以使用MIMO天线技术,包括空间复用、波束成形和/或发送分集。通信链路120可以通过一个或多个载波频率。载波的分配对于下行链路和上行链路可以是非对称的(例如,与上行链路相比可以将更多或更少载波分配给下行链路)。The communication link 120 between the base station 102 and the UE 104 may include uplink (also referred to as a reverse link) transmissions from the UE 104 to the base station 102 and/or downlink (DL) (also referred to as a forward link) transmissions from the base station 102 to the UE 104. The communication link 120 may use MIMO antenna technology, including spatial multiplexing, beamforming, and/or transmit diversity. The communication link 120 may be over one or more carrier frequencies. The allocation of carriers may be asymmetric for the downlink and uplink (e.g., more or fewer carriers may be allocated to the downlink than to the uplink).

无线通信系统100还可以包括在未许可频谱(例如,5GHz)中经由通信链路154与无线局域网(WLAN)站(STA)152进行通信的WLAN接入点(AP)150。当在未许可频谱中进行通信时,WLAN STA 152和/或WLAN AP 150可以在通信之前执行空闲信道评估(CCA)或先听后说(LBT)规程,以便确定信道是否可用。The wireless communication system 100 may also include a WLAN access point (AP) 150 that communicates with a wireless local area network (WLAN) station (STA) 152 in an unlicensed spectrum (e.g., 5 GHz) via a communication link 154. When communicating in the unlicensed spectrum, the WLAN STA 152 and/or the WLAN AP 150 may perform a clear channel assessment (CCA) or listen before talk (LBT) procedure prior to communication to determine whether a channel is available.

小型小区基站102'可以在许可和/或未许可频谱中操作。当在未许可频谱中操作时,小型小区基站102'可以采用LTE或NR技术,并且使用与WLAN AP 150所使用的相同的5GHz未许可频谱。在未许可频谱中采用LTE/5G的小型小区基站102'可以提升接入网络的覆盖范围和/或增加接入网络的容量。未许可频谱中的NR可以被称为NR-U。未许可频谱中的LTE可以被称为LTE-U、许可辅助接入(LAA)或MulteFire。The small cell base station 102' can operate in licensed and/or unlicensed spectrum. When operating in the unlicensed spectrum, the small cell base station 102' can adopt LTE or NR technology and use the same 5GHz unlicensed spectrum used by the WLAN AP 150. The small cell base station 102' adopting LTE/5G in the unlicensed spectrum can improve the coverage of the access network and/or increase the capacity of the access network. NR in the unlicensed spectrum can be referred to as NR-U. LTE in the unlicensed spectrum can be referred to as LTE-U, License Assisted Access (LAA) or MulteFire.

无线通信系统100可还包括毫米波(mmW)基站180,该基站可在mmW频率和/或近mmW频率中操作以与UE 182进行通信。极高频(EHF)是电磁频谱中RF的一部分。EHF具有30GHz至300GHz的范围,并且波长在1毫米与10毫米之间。该频带中的无线电波可以被称为毫米波。近mmW可以向下扩展到3GHz的频率,且波长为100毫米。超高频(SHF)频带在3GHz与30GHz之间扩展,其也被称为厘米波。使用mmW/近mmW无线电频带的通信具有高的路径损耗和相对短的距离。mmW基站180和UE 182可以在mmW通信链路184上利用波束成形(发送和/或接收)来补偿极高的路径损耗和短的距离。此外,应当理解,在另选配置中,一个或多个基站102也可以使用mmW或近mmW和波束成形来进行发送。因此,应当理解,前述例示仅是示例并且不应当被解释为限制本文所公开的各种方面。The wireless communication system 100 may also include a millimeter wave (mmW) base station 180, which can operate in mmW frequencies and/or near mmW frequencies to communicate with UE 182. Extremely high frequency (EHF) is part of RF in the electromagnetic spectrum. EHF has a range of 30GHz to 300GHz, and a wavelength between 1 mm and 10 mm. The radio waves in this band can be called millimeter waves. Near mmW can be extended down to a frequency of 3GHz, and the wavelength is 100 mm. The super high frequency (SHF) band extends between 3GHz and 30GHz, which is also called centimeter waves. Communication using mmW/near mmW radio frequency bands has high path loss and relatively short distances. The mmW base station 180 and the UE 182 can utilize beamforming (sending and/or receiving) on the mmW communication link 184 to compensate for the extremely high path loss and short distance. In addition, it should be understood that in an alternative configuration, one or more base stations 102 can also use mmW or near mmW and beamforming to send. Therefore, it should be understood that the foregoing illustrations are merely examples and should not be construed as limiting the various aspects disclosed herein.

发送波束成形是用于将RF信号聚焦在特定方向上的技术。传统上,当网络节点(例如,基站)广播RF信号时,它在所有方向上(全向地)广播信号。利用发送波束成形,网络节点确定给定目标设备(例如,UE)位于何处(相对于发送网络节点),并且在该特定方向上投射更强的下行链路RF信号,从而为接收设备提供更快(在数据速率方面)和更强的RF信号。为了在发送时改变RF信号的方向性,网络节点可以控制广播RF信号的一个或多个发送器中的每个发送器处的RF信号的相位和相对幅度。例如,网络节点可以使用天线的阵列(被称为“相控阵列”或“天线阵列”),其产生可以被“操纵”以指向不同方向的RF波束,而实际上不移动天线。具体地,将来自发送器的RF电流以正确的相位关系馈送到各个天线,使得来自单独的天线的无线电波在期望方向上加在一起以增加辐射,同时在不期望方向上抵消以抑制辐射。Transmit beamforming is a technique for focusing an RF signal in a specific direction. Traditionally, when a network node (e.g., a base station) broadcasts an RF signal, it broadcasts the signal in all directions (omnidirectionally). With transmit beamforming, the network node determines where a given target device (e.g., a UE) is located (relative to the transmitting network node) and projects a stronger downlink RF signal in that specific direction, thereby providing a faster (in terms of data rate) and stronger RF signal to the receiving device. In order to change the directionality of the RF signal when transmitting, the network node can control the phase and relative amplitude of the RF signal at each of the one or more transmitters that broadcast the RF signal. For example, a network node can use an array of antennas (referred to as a "phased array" or "antenna array") that produces RF beams that can be "steered" to point in different directions without actually moving the antenna. Specifically, the RF current from the transmitter is fed to each antenna in the correct phase relationship so that the radio waves from the separate antennas are added together in the desired direction to increase radiation while canceling out in the undesired direction to suppress radiation.

发送波束可以是准共址的,这意味着它们在接收器(例如,UE)看来具有相同的参数,而不管网络节点自身的发送天线是否在物理上共址。在NR中,存在四种类型的准共址(QCL)关系。具体地,给定类型的QCL关系意味着可以根据关于源波束上的源参考RF信号的信息导出关于第二波束上的第二参考RF信号的某些参数。因此,如果源参考RF信号是QCL类型A,则接收器可以使用源参考RF信号来估计在相同信道上发送的第二参考RF信号的多普勒频移、多普勒扩展、平均延迟和延迟扩展。如果源参考RF信号是QCL类型B,则接收器可以使用源参考RF信号来估计在相同信道上发送的第二参考RF信号的多普勒频移和多普勒扩展。如果源参考RF信号是QCL类型C,则接收器可以使用源参考RF信号来估计在相同信道上发送的第二参考RF信号的多普勒频移和平均延迟。如果源参考RF信号是QCL类型D,则接收器可以使用源参考RF信号来估计在相同信道上发送的第二参考RF信号的空间接收参数。The transmit beams can be quasi-co-located, meaning that they appear to the receiver (e.g., UE) to have the same parameters, regardless of whether the network node's own transmit antennas are physically co-located. In NR, there are four types of quasi-co-location (QCL) relationships. Specifically, a given type of QCL relationship means that certain parameters about the second reference RF signal on the second beam can be derived based on information about the source reference RF signal on the source beam. Therefore, if the source reference RF signal is QCL type A, the receiver can use the source reference RF signal to estimate the Doppler shift, Doppler spread, average delay, and delay spread of the second reference RF signal sent on the same channel. If the source reference RF signal is QCL type B, the receiver can use the source reference RF signal to estimate the Doppler shift and Doppler spread of the second reference RF signal sent on the same channel. If the source reference RF signal is QCL type C, the receiver can use the source reference RF signal to estimate the Doppler shift and average delay of the second reference RF signal sent on the same channel. If the source reference RF signal is QCL type D, the receiver may use the source reference RF signal to estimate spatial reception parameters of a second reference RF signal transmitted on the same channel.

在接收波束成形中,接收器使用接收波束来放大在给定信道上检测到的RF信号。例如,接收器可以增加天线阵列在特定方向上的增益设置和/或调整天线阵列在特定方向上的相位设置,以放大从该方向接收的RF信号(例如,增加其增益水平)。因此,当接收器被表述为在某个方向上进行波束成形时,这意味着该方向上的波束增益相对于沿其他方向的波束增益是高的,或者该方向上的波束增益与接收器可用的所有其他接收波束的在该方向的波束增益相比是最高的。这导致从该方向接收的RF信号的更强的接收信号强度(例如,参考信号接收功率(RSRP)、参考信号接收质量(RSRQ)、信号与干扰加噪声比(SINR)等)。In receive beamforming, a receiver uses a receive beam to amplify an RF signal detected on a given channel. For example, a receiver may increase the gain setting of an antenna array in a particular direction and/or adjust the phase setting of an antenna array in a particular direction to amplify (e.g., increase its gain level) the RF signal received from that direction. Thus, when a receiver is said to be beamforming in a certain direction, this means that the beam gain in that direction is high relative to the beam gain along other directions, or that the beam gain in that direction is the highest compared to the beam gain in that direction of all other receive beams available to the receiver. This results in a stronger received signal strength (e.g., reference signal received power (RSRP), reference signal received quality (RSRQ), signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR), etc.) of the RF signal received from that direction.

发送波束和接收波束可以是空间相关的。空间关系意味着可以根据关于第一参考信号的第一波束(例如,接收波束或发送波束)的信息导出用于第二参考信号的第二波束(例如,发送波束或接收波束)的参数。例如,UE可以使用特定接收波束来从基站接收参考下行链路参考信号(例如,同步信号块(SSB))。然后,UE可以基于接收波束的参数来形成用于向该基站传送上行链路参考信号(例如,探测参考信号(SRS))的发送波束。The transmit beam and the receive beam may be spatially correlated. The spatial relationship means that parameters of a second beam (e.g., a transmit beam or a receive beam) for a second reference signal may be derived based on information about a first beam (e.g., a receive beam or a transmit beam) for a first reference signal. For example, a UE may use a specific receive beam to receive a reference downlink reference signal (e.g., a synchronization signal block (SSB)) from a base station. The UE may then form a transmit beam for transmitting an uplink reference signal (e.g., a sounding reference signal (SRS)) to the base station based on the parameters of the receive beam.

需注意,依据形成“下行链路”波束的实体,该波束可以是发送波束或接收波束。例如,如果基站正在形成下行链路波束以向UE发送参考信号,则下行链路波束是发送波束。然而,如果UE正在形成下行链路波束,则该下行链路波束是接收下行链路参考信号的接收波束。类似地,依据形成“上行链路”波束的实体,该波束可以是发送波束或接收波束。例如,如果基站正在形成上行链路波束,则上行链路波束是上行链路接收波束,而如果UE正在形成上行链路波束,则上行链路波束是上行链路发送波束。Note that depending on the entity forming the "downlink" beam, the beam can be a transmit beam or a receive beam. For example, if the base station is forming a downlink beam to send a reference signal to the UE, the downlink beam is a transmit beam. However, if the UE is forming a downlink beam, the downlink beam is a receive beam that receives a downlink reference signal. Similarly, depending on the entity forming the "uplink" beam, the beam can be a transmit beam or a receive beam. For example, if the base station is forming an uplink beam, the uplink beam is an uplink receive beam, while if the UE is forming an uplink beam, the uplink beam is an uplink transmit beam.

电磁频谱通常基于频率/波长被细分为各种类别、频带、信道等。在5GNR中,两个初始操作频带已经被标识为频率范围指定FR1(410MHz–7.125GHz)和FR2(24.25GHz–52.6GHz)。应当理解的是,尽管FR1的一部分大于6GHz,但是在各种文档和文章中,FR1经常(可互换地)被称为“6GHz以下”频带。关于FR2,有时发生类似的命名问题,其在文档和文章中通常(可互换地)被称为“毫米波”频带,尽管不同于被国际电信联盟(ITU)标识为“毫米波”频带的极高频(EHF)频带(30GHz–300GHz)。The electromagnetic spectrum is typically subdivided into various categories, bands, channels, etc. based on frequency/wavelength. In 5GNR, two initial operating bands have been identified as frequency range designations FR1 (410 MHz–7.125 GHz) and FR2 (24.25 GHz–52.6 GHz). It should be understood that, although a portion of FR1 is greater than 6 GHz, FR1 is often (interchangeably) referred to as the “below 6 GHz” band in various documents and articles. A similar naming problem sometimes occurs with respect to FR2, which is often (interchangeably) referred to as the “millimeter wave” band in documents and articles, although different from the extremely high frequency (EHF) band (30 GHz–300 GHz) identified as the “millimeter wave” band by the International Telecommunication Union (ITU).

FR1和FR2之间的频率通常被称为中频带频率。最近的5G NR研究已将用于这些中频带频率的操作频带标识为频率范围指定FR3(7.125GHz–24.25GHz)。落在FR3内的频带可以继承FR1特性和/或FR2特性,并且因此可以有效地将FR1和/或FR2的特征扩展到中频带频率。此外,当前正在探索较高频带以将5G NR操作扩展到超过52.6GHz。例如,三个更高的操作频带已被标识为频率范围指定FR4a或FR4-1(52.6GHz至71GHz)、FR4(52.6GHz至114.25GHz)和FR5(114.25GHz至300GHz)。这些较高频带中的每一者都落在EHF频带内。Frequencies between FR1 and FR2 are generally referred to as mid-band frequencies. Recent 5G NR research has identified the operating bands for these mid-band frequencies as frequency range designation FR3 (7.125GHz–24.25GHz). The bands falling within FR3 can inherit FR1 characteristics and/or FR2 characteristics, and therefore the features of FR1 and/or FR2 can be effectively extended to mid-band frequencies. In addition, higher frequency bands are currently being explored to extend 5G NR operations to more than 52.6GHz. For example, three higher operating bands have been identified as frequency range designations FR4a or FR4-1 (52.6GHz to 71GHz), FR4 (52.6GHz to 114.25GHz), and FR5 (114.25GHz to 300GHz). Each of these higher frequency bands falls within the EHF band.

考虑到以上各方面,除非另外特别说明,否则应当理解,如果在本文中使用术语“6GHz以下”等,则其可以广义地表示可小于6GHz、可以在FR1内或者可以包括中频带频率的频率。此外,除非另外特别说明,否则应理解的是,如果在本文中使用术语“毫米波”等,则其可以广义地表示可以包括中频带频率、可以在FR2、FR4、FR4-a或FR4-1和/或FR5内或者可以在EHF频带内的频率。In view of the above aspects, unless otherwise specifically stated, it should be understood that if the term "below 6 GHz" or the like is used in this document, it can be broadly referred to as a frequency that may be less than 6 GHz, may be within FR1, or may include mid-band frequencies. In addition, unless otherwise specifically stated, it should be understood that if the term "millimeter wave" or the like is used in this document, it can be broadly referred to as a frequency that may include mid-band frequencies, may be within FR2, FR4, FR4-a or FR4-1 and/or FR5, or may be within the EHF band.

在多载波系统(诸如5G)中,载波频率中的一者被称为“主载波”或“锚定载波”或“主服务小区”或“PCell”,并且其余载波频率被称为“辅载波”或“辅服务小区”或“SCell”。在载波聚合中,锚定载波是在由UE 104/182和小区所使用的主频率(例如,FR1)上操作的载波,其中UE 104/182在该小区中执行初始无线电资源控制(RRC)连接建立规程或者发起RRC连接重建规程。主载波承载所有公共和UE特定的控制信道,并且可以是许可频率中的载波(然而,情况并不总是这样)。辅载波是在第二频率(例如,FR2)上操作的载波,其中一旦在UE104和锚定载波之间建立了RRC连接,该载波就可以被配置并且可以用于提供附加的无线电资源。在一些情况下,辅载波可以是未许可频率中的载波。辅载波可以仅包含必要的信令信息和信号,例如,由于主上行链路载波和主下行链路载波通常都是UE特定的,因此,UE特定的那些信令信息和信号可以不存在于辅载波中。这意味着小区中的不同UE 104/182可以具有不同的下行链路主载波。这对于上行链路主载波而言同样成立。网络能够在任何时间改变任何UE 104/182的主载波。这样做是为了例如平衡不同载波上的负载。由于“服务小区”(无论PCell还是SCell)对应于某一基站通过其进行通信的载波频率/分量载波,因此术语“小区”、“服务小区”、“分量载波”、“载波频率”等可能够互换地使用。In a multi-carrier system (such as 5G), one of the carrier frequencies is referred to as the "primary carrier" or "anchor carrier" or "primary serving cell" or "PCell", and the remaining carrier frequencies are referred to as "secondary carriers" or "secondary serving cells" or "SCells". In carrier aggregation, the anchor carrier is a carrier operating on the primary frequency (e.g., FR1) used by the UE 104/182 and the cell in which the UE 104/182 performs an initial radio resource control (RRC) connection establishment procedure or initiates an RRC connection re-establishment procedure. The primary carrier carries all common and UE-specific control channels and can be a carrier in a licensed frequency (however, this is not always the case). A secondary carrier is a carrier operating on a second frequency (e.g., FR2), which can be configured and can be used to provide additional radio resources once an RRC connection is established between the UE 104 and the anchor carrier. In some cases, the secondary carrier can be a carrier in an unlicensed frequency. The secondary carrier may contain only necessary signaling information and signals, for example, since the primary uplink carrier and the primary downlink carrier are typically UE-specific, those UE-specific signaling information and signals may not be present in the secondary carrier. This means that different UEs 104/182 in a cell may have different downlink primary carriers. The same is true for the uplink primary carrier. The network is able to change the primary carrier of any UE 104/182 at any time. This is done, for example, to balance the load on different carriers. Since a "serving cell" (whether PCell or SCell) corresponds to a carrier frequency/component carrier through which a base station communicates, the terms "cell", "serving cell", "component carrier", "carrier frequency", etc. may be used interchangeably.

例如,仍然参考图1,宏小区基站102所使用的频率中的一者可以是锚定载波(或“PCell”),并且宏小区基站102和/或mmW基站180所使用的其他频率可以是辅载波(“SCell”)。多个载波的同时发送和/或接收使得UE 104/182能够显著地增加其数据发送和/或接收速率。例如,与单个20MHz载波所获得的数据速率相比,多载波系统中的两个20MHz聚合载波理论上将导致数据速率增加一倍(即,40MHz)。For example, still referring to FIG. 1 , one of the frequencies used by the macrocell base station 102 may be an anchor carrier (or “PCell”), and the other frequencies used by the macrocell base station 102 and/or the mmW base station 180 may be secondary carriers (“SCells”). Simultaneous transmission and/or reception of multiple carriers enables the UE 104/182 to significantly increase its data transmission and/or reception rate. For example, two 20 MHz aggregated carriers in a multi-carrier system would theoretically result in a doubling of the data rate (i.e., 40 MHz) compared to the data rate obtained with a single 20 MHz carrier.

无线通信系统100还可包括UE 164,其可通过通信链路120与宏小区基站102通信并且/或者通过mmW通信链路184与mmW基站180通信。例如,宏小区基站102可支持用于UE164的PCell和一个或多个SCell,并且mmW基站180可支持用于UE 164的一个或多个SCell。The wireless communication system 100 may also include a UE 164, which may communicate with the macrocell base station 102 via a communication link 120 and/or communicate with the mmW base station 180 via a mmW communication link 184. For example, the macrocell base station 102 may support a PCell and one or more SCells for the UE 164, and the mmW base station 180 may support one or more SCells for the UE 164.

在一些情况下,UE 164和UE 182能够进行侧链路通信。具有侧链路能力的UE(SL-UE)可使用Uu接口(即,UE和基站之间的空中接口)通过通信链路120与基站102通信。SL-UE(例如,UE 164、UE 182)还可使用PC5接口(即,具有侧链路能力的UE之间的空中接口)通过无线侧链路160彼此直接通信。无线侧链路(或仅称为“侧链路”)是核心蜂窝网(例如,LTE、NR)标准的适配,其允许两个或更多个UE之间的直接通信,而无需通过基站进行通信。侧链路通信可以是单播或多播,并且可被用于设备到设备(D2D)媒体共享、交通工具到交通工具(V2V)通信、车联网(V2X)通信(例如,蜂窝V2X(cV2X)通信、增强型V2X(eV2X)通信等)、紧急救援应用等。利用侧链路通信的SL-UE组中的一个或多个SL-UE可位于基站102的地理覆盖区域110内。此类组中的其他SL-UE可在基站102的地理覆盖区域110之外,或者由于其他原因不能从基站102接收发送。在一些情况下,经由侧链路通信进行通信的各SL-UE组可利用一对多(1:M)系统,其中每个SL-UE向该组中的每个其他SL-UE进行发送。在一些情况下,基站102促进对用于侧链路通信的资源的调度。在其他情况下,侧链路通信在各SL-UE之间执行而不涉及基站102。In some cases, UE 164 and UE 182 are capable of sidelink communication. A UE with sidelink capability (SL-UE) can communicate with base station 102 via communication link 120 using a Uu interface (i.e., an air interface between UE and base station). SL-UEs (e.g., UE 164, UE 182) can also communicate directly with each other via a wireless sidelink 160 using a PC5 interface (i.e., an air interface between UEs with sidelink capability). A wireless sidelink (or just "sidelink") is an adaptation of a core cellular network (e.g., LTE, NR) standard that allows direct communication between two or more UEs without communicating through a base station. Sidelink communications can be unicast or multicast and can be used for device-to-device (D2D) media sharing, vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) communications, vehicle-to-vehicle (V2X) communications (e.g., cellular V2X (cV2X) communications, enhanced V2X (eV2X) communications, etc.), emergency rescue applications, etc. One or more SL-UEs in a group of SL-UEs utilizing sidelink communications may be located within the geographic coverage area 110 of the base station 102. Other SL-UEs in such a group may be outside the geographic coverage area 110 of the base station 102, or may be unable to receive transmissions from the base station 102 for other reasons. In some cases, each group of SL-UEs communicating via sidelink communications may utilize a one-to-many (1:M) system, where each SL-UE transmits to each other SL-UE in the group. In some cases, the base station 102 facilitates the scheduling of resources for the sidelink communications. In other cases, the sidelink communications are performed between the SL-UEs without involving the base station 102.

在一方面,侧链路160可在感兴趣无线通信介质上操作,该无线通信介质可与其他交通工具和/或基础设施接入点以及其他RAT之间的其他无线通信共享。“介质”可以包括与一个或多个发送器/接收器对之间的无线通信相关联的一个或多个时间、频率和/或空间通信资源(例如,涵盖跨一个或多个载波的一个或多个信道)。在一方面,感兴趣介质可对应于在各种RAT之间共享的未许可频带的至少一部分。尽管已经针对某些通信系统保留了不同的许可频带(例如,由诸如美国联邦通信委员会(FCC)的政府实体),但是这些系统(特别是采用小型小区接入点的那些系统)最近已经将操作扩展到诸如由无线局域网(WLAN)技术(最显著地是通常被称为“Wi-Fi”的IEEE 802.11x WLAN技术)使用的未许可国家信息基础设施(U-NII)频带的未许可频带中。这种类型的示例系统包括CDMA系统、TDMA系统、FDMA系统、正交FDMA(OFDMA)系统、单载波FDMA(SC-FDMA)系统等的不同变型。In one aspect, the sidelink 160 may operate on a wireless communication medium of interest, which may be shared with other vehicles and/or infrastructure access points and other wireless communications between other RATs. A "medium" may include one or more time, frequency, and/or spatial communication resources associated with wireless communications between one or more transmitter/receiver pairs (e.g., covering one or more channels across one or more carriers). In one aspect, the medium of interest may correspond to at least a portion of an unlicensed band shared between various RATs. Although different licensed bands have been reserved for certain communication systems (e.g., by government entities such as the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) in the United States), these systems (particularly those employing small cell access points) have recently expanded operations into unlicensed bands such as the unlicensed National Information Infrastructure (U-NII) band used by wireless local area network (WLAN) technology (most notably the IEEE 802.11x WLAN technology commonly referred to as "Wi-Fi"). Example systems of this type include different variants of CDMA systems, TDMA systems, FDMA systems, orthogonal FDMA (OFDMA) systems, single carrier FDMA (SC-FDMA) systems, and the like.

应当注意,虽然图1仅将这些UE中的两者例示为SL-UE(即,UE 164和182),但所例示的任何UE均可为SL-UE。此外,尽管仅UE 182被描述为能够进行波束成形,但所例示的任何UE(包括UE 164)都能够进行波束成形。在SL-UE能够进行波束成形的情况下,它们可朝向彼此(即,朝向其他SL-UE)、朝向其他UE(例如,UE 104)、朝向基站(例如,基站102、180、小型小区102'、接入点150)等进行波束成形。因此,在一些情况下,UE 164和UE 182可通过侧链路160利用波束成形。It should be noted that although FIG. 1 illustrates only two of these UEs as SL-UEs (i.e., UEs 164 and 182), any of the illustrated UEs may be SL-UEs. In addition, although only UE 182 is described as being capable of beamforming, any of the illustrated UEs (including UE 164) may be capable of beamforming. Where SL-UEs are capable of beamforming, they may beamform toward each other (i.e., toward other SL-UEs), toward other UEs (e.g., UE 104), toward base stations (e.g., base stations 102, 180, small cells 102', access point 150), and the like. Thus, in some cases, UE 164 and UE 182 may utilize beamforming via side link 160.

在图1的示例中,所例示的UE(为了简单起见,在图1中被示出为单个UE 104)中的任何UE可以从一个或多个地球轨道空间飞行器(SV)112(例如,卫星)接收信号124。在一方面,SV 112可以是UE 104可用作位置信息的独立源的卫星定位系统的一部分。卫星定位系统通常包括发送器(例如,SV 112)的系统,这些发送器被定位成使得接收器(例如,UE 104)能够至少部分地基于从发送器接收的定位信号(例如,信号124)来确定其在地球上或地球上方的位置。这种发送器通常发送标记有设定数量芯片的重复伪随机噪声(PN)码的信号。虽然通常位于SV 112中,但是发送器有时可以位于基于地面的控制站、基站102和/或其他UE 104上。UE 104可以包括一个或多个专用接收器,该一个或多个专用接收器被专门设计用于接收信号124,以便从SV 112导出地理位置信息。In the example of FIG. 1 , any of the illustrated UEs (shown as a single UE 104 in FIG. 1 for simplicity) can receive a signal 124 from one or more earth orbiting space vehicles (SVs) 112 (e.g., satellites). In one aspect, the SV 112 can be part of a satellite positioning system that the UE 104 can use as an independent source of location information. A satellite positioning system typically includes a system of transmitters (e.g., SVs 112) that are positioned so that a receiver (e.g., UE 104) can determine its position on or above the earth based at least in part on a positioning signal (e.g., signal 124) received from the transmitter. Such a transmitter typically transmits a signal of a repeating pseudo-random noise (PN) code marked with a set number of chips. Although typically located in the SV 112, the transmitter can sometimes be located on a ground-based control station, a base station 102, and/or other UEs 104. The UE 104 can include one or more dedicated receivers that are specifically designed to receive the signal 124 so as to derive geographic location information from the SV 112.

在卫星定位系统中,信号124的使用可以由各种基于卫星的增强系统(SBAS)来增强,该基于卫星的增强系统(SBAS)可以与一个或多个全球和/或区域导航卫星系统相关联或者以其他方式使其能够与一个或多个全球和/或区域导航卫星系统一起使用。例如,SBAS可以包括提供完整性信息、差分校正等的增强系统,诸如广域增强系统(WAAS)、欧洲地球静止导航重叠服务(EGNOS)、多功能卫星增强系统(MSAS)、全球定位系统(GPS)辅助的地理增强导航或GPS和地理增强的导航系统(GAGAN)等。因此,如本文所用,卫星定位系统可以包括与此类一个或多个卫星定位系统相关联的一个或多个全球和/或区域导航卫星的任何组合。In a satellite positioning system, the use of signal 124 may be enhanced by various satellite-based augmentation systems (SBAS) that may be associated with or otherwise enabled for use with one or more global and/or regional navigation satellite systems. For example, SBAS may include augmentation systems that provide integrity information, differential corrections, and the like, such as Wide Area Augmentation System (WAAS), European Geostationary Navigation Overlay Service (EGNOS), Multifunction Satellite Augmentation System (MSAS), Global Positioning System (GPS) Assisted Geographic Augmented Navigation, or GPS and Geographic Augmented Navigation System (GAGAN), and the like. Thus, as used herein, a satellite positioning system may include any combination of one or more global and/or regional navigation satellites associated with such one or more satellite positioning systems.

在一方面,SV 112附加地或另选地可以是一个或多个非地面网络(NTN)的一部分。在NTN中,SV 112连接到地球站(也被称为地面站、NTN网关或网关),该地球站继而连接到5G网络中的元件,诸如修改的基站102(没有地面天线)或5GC中的网络节点。该元件进而将提供对5G网络中其他元件的接入,并且最终提供对5G网络外部的实体(诸如互联网web服务器和其他用户设备)的接入。这样,代替或除了来自地面基站102的通信信号,UE 104可以从SV112接收通信信号(例如,信号124)。In one aspect, SV 112 may additionally or alternatively be part of one or more non-terrestrial networks (NTNs). In an NTN, SV 112 is connected to an earth station (also referred to as a ground station, NTN gateway, or gateway), which in turn is connected to an element in a 5G network, such as a modified base station 102 (without a ground antenna) or a network node in a 5GC. This element in turn will provide access to other elements in the 5G network, and ultimately provide access to entities outside the 5G network (such as Internet web servers and other user devices). In this way, instead of or in addition to communication signals from ground base stations 102, UE 104 can receive communication signals (e.g., signal 124) from SV 112.

无线通信系统100还可包括一个或多个UE,诸如UE 190,其经由一个或多个设备到设备(D2D)对等(P2P)链路(被称为“侧链路”)间接连接到一个或多个通信网络。在图1的示例中,UE 190具有与连接到基站102中的一个基站的UE 104中的一个UE的D2D P2P链路192(例如,UE 190可以通过该D2D P2P链路间接获得蜂窝连接),并且具有与连接到WLAN AP150的WLAN STA 152的D2D P2P链路194(UE 190可以通过该D2D P2P链路间接获得基于WLAN的互联网连接)。在一个示例中,D2D P2P链路192和194可用任何众所周知的D2D RAT来支持,诸如LTE直连(LTE-D)、WiFi直连(WiFi-D)、等。The wireless communication system 100 may also include one or more UEs, such as UE 190, which are indirectly connected to one or more communication networks via one or more device-to-device (D2D) peer-to-peer (P2P) links (referred to as "side links"). In the example of FIG. 1, UE 190 has a D2D P2P link 192 with one of UEs 104 connected to one of base stations 102 (e.g., UE 190 can indirectly obtain cellular connectivity through the D2D P2P link), and has a D2D P2P link 194 with a WLAN STA 152 connected to a WLAN AP 150 (UE 190 can indirectly obtain WLAN-based Internet connectivity through the D2D P2P link). In one example, D2D P2P links 192 and 194 may be supported by any well-known D2D RAT, such as LTE Direct (LTE-D), WiFi Direct (WiFi-D), wait.

图2A例示了示例无线网络结构200。例如,5GC 210(也被称为下一代核心(NGC))在功能上可以被视为控制面(C-面)功能214(例如,UE注册、认证、网络接入、网关选择等)和用户面(U-面)功能212(例如,UE网关功能、对数据网络的接入、IP路由等),它们协同操作以形成核心网络。用户面接口(NG-U)213和控制面接口(NG-C)215将gNB 222连接到5GC 210,并且具体地分别连接到用户面功能212和控制面功能214。在附加配置中,ng-eNB 224还可以经由到控制面功能214的NG-C 215和到用户面功能212的NG-U 213连接到5GC 210。此外,ng-eNB 224可以经由回传连接223与gNB 222直接通信。在一些配置中,下一代RAN(NG-RAN)220可以具有一个或多个gNB 222,而其他配置包括ng-eNB 224和gNB 222两者中的一者或多者。gNB 222或ng-eNB 224中的任一者(或这两者)可与一个或多个UE 204(例如,本文所述的UE中的任何一者)通信。FIG. 2A illustrates an example wireless network architecture 200. For example, 5GC 210 (also referred to as Next Generation Core (NGC)) can be functionally viewed as control plane (C-plane) functions 214 (e.g., UE registration, authentication, network access, gateway selection, etc.) and user plane (U-plane) functions 212 (e.g., UE gateway functions, access to data networks, IP routing, etc.), which operate in conjunction to form a core network. A user plane interface (NG-U) 213 and a control plane interface (NG-C) 215 connect gNB 222 to 5GC 210, and specifically to user plane functions 212 and control plane functions 214, respectively. In additional configurations, ng-eNB 224 can also connect to 5GC 210 via NG-C 215 to control plane functions 214 and NG-U 213 to user plane functions 212. In addition, ng-eNB 224 can communicate directly with gNB 222 via backhaul connection 223. In some configurations, the next generation RAN (NG-RAN) 220 may have one or more gNBs 222, while other configurations include one or more of ng-eNBs 224 and gNBs 222. Either the gNB 222 or the ng-eNB 224 (or both) may communicate with one or more UEs 204 (e.g., any of the UEs described herein).

另一可选方面可以包括位置服务器230,该位置服务器可以与5GC 210进行通信以便为UE 204提供位置辅助。位置服务器230可以被实现为多个单独的服务器(例如,物理上单独的服务器、单个服务器上的不同软件模块、跨多个物理服务器分布的不同软件模块等),或者另选地可以各自对应于单个服务器。位置服务器230可以被配置为支持针对可以经由核心网络、5GC210和/或经由互联网(未例示)连接到位置服务器230的UE 204的一个或多个位置服务。此外,位置服务器230可以集成到核心网络的组件中,或另选地可以在核心网络外部(例如,第三方服务器,诸如原始装备制造商(OEM)服务器或服务服务器)。Another optional aspect may include a location server 230 that can communicate with the 5GC 210 to provide location assistance for the UE 204. The location server 230 can be implemented as multiple separate servers (e.g., physically separate servers, different software modules on a single server, different software modules distributed across multiple physical servers, etc.), or alternatively can each correspond to a single server. The location server 230 can be configured to support one or more location services for the UE 204 that can be connected to the location server 230 via the core network, the 5GC 210, and/or via the Internet (not illustrated). In addition, the location server 230 can be integrated into a component of the core network, or alternatively can be external to the core network (e.g., a third-party server, such as an original equipment manufacturer (OEM) server or a service server).

图2B例示了另一示例无线网络结构240。5GC 260(其可以对应于图2A中的5GC210)可以在功能上被视为由接入和移动性管理功能(AMF)264提供的控制面功能,以及由用户面功能(UPF)262提供的用户面功能,它们协同操作以形成核心网络(即,5GC 260)。AMF264的功能包括:注册管理、连接管理、可达性管理、移动性管理、合法监听、一个或多个UE204(例如,本文所述的任何UE)和会话管理功能(SMF)266之间的会话管理(SM)消息的传输、用于路由SM消息的透明代理服务、接入认证和接入授权、UE 204和短消息服务功能(SMSF)(未示出)之间的短消息服务(SMS)消息的传输、以及安全锚定功能性(SEAF)。AMF 264还与认证服务器功能(AUSF)(未示出)和UE 204交互,并且接收作为UE 204认证过程的结果而建立的中间密钥。在基于UMTS(通用移动电信系统)订户身份模块(USIM)的认证的情况下,AMF264从AUSF检索安全材料。AMF 264的功能还包括安全上下文管理(SCM)。SCM从SEAF接收密钥,SCM使用该密钥来导出接入网特定的密钥。AMF 264的功能性还包括用于监管服务的位置服务管理、用于UE 204与位置管理功能(LMF)270(其充当位置服务器230)之间的位置服务消息的传输、用于NG-RAN 220和LMF 270之间的位置服务消息的传输、用于与EPS互操作的演进型分组系统(EPS)承载标识符分配、以及UE 204移动性事件通知。此外,AMF 264还支持用于非3GPP(第三代合作伙伴计划)接入网络的功能性。FIG2B illustrates another example wireless network structure 240. 5GC 260 (which may correspond to 5GC 210 in FIG2A) may be functionally considered as a control plane function provided by an access and mobility management function (AMF) 264, and a user plane function provided by a user plane function (UPF) 262, which operate in conjunction to form a core network (i.e., 5GC 260). The functions of AMF 264 include: registration management, connection management, reachability management, mobility management, lawful interception, transmission of session management (SM) messages between one or more UEs 204 (e.g., any UE described herein) and a session management function (SMF) 266, a transparent proxy service for routing SM messages, access authentication and access authorization, transmission of short message service (SMS) messages between UE 204 and a short message service function (SMSF) (not shown), and security anchor functionality (SEAF). AMF 264 also interacts with an authentication server function (AUSF) (not shown) and UE 204, and receives an intermediate key established as a result of the UE 204 authentication process. In the case of authentication based on the UMTS (Universal Mobile Telecommunications System) Subscriber Identity Module (USIM), the AMF 264 retrieves security material from the AUSF. The functionality of the AMF 264 also includes security context management (SCM). The SCM receives keys from the SEAF, which are used by the SCM to derive access network-specific keys. The functionality of the AMF 264 also includes location service management for regulatory services, for the transmission of location service messages between the UE 204 and the Location Management Function (LMF) 270 (which acts as a location server 230), for the transmission of location service messages between the NG-RAN 220 and the LMF 270, for the allocation of Evolved Packet System (EPS) bearer identifiers for interoperation with EPS, and UE 204 mobility event notifications. In addition, the AMF 264 also supports functionality for non-3GPP (Third Generation Partnership Project) access networks.

UPF 262的功能包括:充当用于RAT内/RAT间移动性的锚点(当适用时),充当到数据网络(未示出)的互连的外部协议数据单元(PDU)会话点,提供分组路由和转发、分组检查、用户面策略规则实施(例如,选通、重定向、业务导向)、合法监听(用户面收集)、业务使用报告、用户面的服务质量(QoS)处置(例如,上行链路/下行链路速率实施、下行链路中的反射QoS标记)、上行链路业务验证(服务数据流(SDF)到QoS流映射)、上行链路和下行链路中的传输级分组标记、下行链路分组缓冲和下行链路数据通知触发,以及向源RAN节点传送和转发一个或多个“结束标记”。UPF262还可以支持在用户面上在UE 204与位置服务器(诸如SLP 272)之间传递位置服务消息。The functions of UPF 262 include: acting as an anchor point for intra-RAT/inter-RAT mobility (when applicable), acting as an external protocol data unit (PDU) session point for interconnection to a data network (not shown), providing packet routing and forwarding, packet inspection, user plane policy rule enforcement (e.g., gating, redirection, service steering), lawful interception (user plane collection), service usage reporting, user plane quality of service (QoS) handling (e.g., uplink/downlink rate enforcement, reflective QoS marking in downlink), uplink service verification (service data flow (SDF) to QoS flow mapping), transport level packet marking in uplink and downlink, downlink packet buffering and downlink data notification triggering, and transmitting and forwarding one or more "end markers" to the source RAN node. UPF 262 can also support the delivery of location service messages between UE 204 and a location server (such as SLP 272) on the user plane.

SMF 266的功能包括会话管理、UE互联网协议(IP)地址分配和管理、用户面功能的选择和控制、在UPF 262处用于将业务路由到正确目的地的业务导向配置、对策略实施和QoS的部分控制以及下行链路数据通知。SMF 266与AMF 264通过其进行通信的接口被称为N11接口。The functions of SMF 266 include session management, UE Internet Protocol (IP) address allocation and management, selection and control of user plane functions, traffic steering configuration for routing traffic to the correct destination at UPF 262, partial control of policy enforcement and QoS, and downlink data notification. The interface through which SMF 266 communicates with AMF 264 is called the N11 interface.

另一可选方面可以包括LMF 270,该LMF可以与5GC 260进行通信以为UE 204提供位置辅助。LMF 270可以被实现为多个单独的服务器(例如,物理上单独的服务器、单个服务器上的不同软件模块、跨多个物理服务器分布的不同软件模块等),或者另选地可以各自对应于单个服务器。LMF 270可以被配置为支持UE 204的一个或多个位置服务,该UE可以经由核心网络、5GC 260和/或经由互联网(未例示)连接到LMF 270。SLP 272可以支持与LMF 270类似的功能,但是LMF 270可以在控制面上(例如,使用旨在输送信令消息而非语音或数据的接口和协议)与AMF 264、NG-RAN 220、以及UE 204进行通信,SLP 272可以在用户面上(例如,使用旨在携带语音和/或数据的协议,如发送控制协议(TCP)和/或IP)与UE 204和外部客户端(例如,第三方服务器274)进行通信。Another optional aspect may include an LMF 270 that can communicate with the 5GC 260 to provide location assistance for the UE 204. The LMF 270 can be implemented as multiple separate servers (e.g., physically separate servers, different software modules on a single server, different software modules distributed across multiple physical servers, etc.), or alternatively can each correspond to a single server. The LMF 270 can be configured to support one or more location services for the UE 204, which can be connected to the LMF 270 via the core network, the 5GC 260, and/or via the Internet (not illustrated). SLP 272 can support similar functionality as LMF 270, but LMF 270 can communicate with AMF 264, NG-RAN 220, and UE 204 on the control plane (e.g., using interfaces and protocols designed to carry signaling messages rather than voice or data), and SLP 272 can communicate with UE 204 and external clients (e.g., third-party servers 274) on the user plane (e.g., using protocols designed to carry voice and/or data, such as Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and/or IP).

又一可选方面可以包括第三方服务器274,该第三方服务器可以与LMF 270、SLP272、5GC 260(例如,经由AMF 264和/或UPF 262)、NG-RAN 220和/或UE 204通信以获得UE204的位置信息(例如,位置估计)。因此,在一些情况下,第三方服务器274可以被称为位置服务(LCS)客户端或外部客户端。第三方服务器274可以被实现为多个单独的服务器(例如,物理上单独的服务器、单个服务器上的不同软件模块、跨多个物理服务器分布的不同软件模块等),或者另选地可以各自对应于单个服务器。Yet another optional aspect may include a third-party server 274 that can communicate with LMF 270, SLP 272, 5GC 260 (e.g., via AMF 264 and/or UPF 262), NG-RAN 220, and/or UE 204 to obtain location information (e.g., location estimate) of UE 204. Thus, in some cases, the third-party server 274 may be referred to as a location service (LCS) client or an external client. The third-party server 274 may be implemented as a plurality of separate servers (e.g., physically separate servers, different software modules on a single server, different software modules distributed across multiple physical servers, etc.), or may alternatively each correspond to a single server.

用户面接口263和控制面接口265将5GC 260,并且具体地将UPF 262和AMF 264分别连接到NG-RAN 220中的一个或多个gNB 222和/或ng-eNB 224。gNB 222和/或ng-eNB 224与AMF 264之间的接口被称为“N2”接口,而gNB 222和/或ng-eNB 224与UPF 262之间的接口被称为“N3”接口。NG-RAN 220的gNB 222和/或ng-eNB 224可以经由被称为“Xn-C”接口的回传连接223彼此直接通信。gNB 222和/或ng-eNB 224中的一者或多者可以通过被称为“Uu”接口的无线接口与一个或多个UE 204进行通信。The user plane interface 263 and the control plane interface 265 connect the 5GC 260, and specifically the UPF 262 and the AMF 264, respectively, to one or more gNBs 222 and/or ng-eNBs 224 in the NG-RAN 220. The interface between the gNB 222 and/or ng-eNB 224 and the AMF 264 is referred to as the "N2" interface, and the interface between the gNB 222 and/or ng-eNB 224 and the UPF 262 is referred to as the "N3" interface. The gNBs 222 and/or ng-eNBs 224 of the NG-RAN 220 may communicate directly with each other via a backhaul connection 223 referred to as an "Xn-C" interface. One or more of the gNBs 222 and/or ng-eNBs 224 may communicate with one or more UEs 204 via a wireless interface referred to as a "Uu" interface.

gNB 222的功能性在gNB中央单元(gNB-CU)226、一个或多个gNB分布式单元(gNB-DU)228与一个或多个gNB无线电单元(gNB-RU)229之间划分。gNB-CU 226是逻辑节点,其包括除了专门分配给gNB-DU 228的那些功能以外的基站功能,包括传递用户数据、移动性控制、无线电接入网络共享、定位、会话管理等。更具体地,gNB-CU 226通常托管gNB 222的无线电资源控制(RRC)、服务数据适配协议(SDAP)和分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)协议。gNB-DU228是通常托管gNB 222的无线电链路控制(RLC)和介质访问控制(MAC)层的逻辑节点。其操作由gNB-CU 226控制。一个gNB-DU 228可以支持一个或多个小区,并且一个小区仅由一个gNB-DU 228支持。gNB-CU 226和一个或多个gNB-DU 228之间的接口232被称为“F1”接口。gNB 222的物理(PHY)层功能性通常由一个或多个独立gNB-RU 229托管,该一个或多个独立gNB-RU执行诸如功率放大和信号发送/接收的功能。gNB-DU 228和gNB-RU 229之间的接口被称为“Fx”接口。因此,UE 204经由RRC层、SDAP层和PDCP层与gNB-CU 226通信,经由RLC层和MAC层与gNB-DU 228通信,并且经由PHY层与gNB-RU 229通信。The functionality of the gNB 222 is divided between a gNB Central Unit (gNB-CU) 226, one or more gNB Distributed Units (gNB-DU) 228, and one or more gNB Radio Units (gNB-RU) 229. The gNB-CU 226 is a logical node that includes base station functions other than those specifically assigned to the gNB-DU 228, including delivery of user data, mobility control, radio access network sharing, positioning, session management, etc. More specifically, the gNB-CU 226 typically hosts the Radio Resource Control (RRC), Service Data Adaptation Protocol (SDAP), and Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) protocols of the gNB 222. The gNB-DU 228 is a logical node that typically hosts the Radio Link Control (RLC) and Medium Access Control (MAC) layers of the gNB 222. Its operation is controlled by the gNB-CU 226. One gNB-DU 228 can support one or more cells, and one cell is supported by only one gNB-DU 228. The interface 232 between the gNB-CU 226 and one or more gNB-DUs 228 is referred to as the "F1" interface. The physical (PHY) layer functionality of the gNB 222 is typically hosted by one or more independent gNB-RUs 229, which perform functions such as power amplification and signal transmission/reception. The interface between the gNB-DU 228 and the gNB-RU 229 is referred to as the "Fx" interface. Thus, the UE 204 communicates with the gNB-CU 226 via the RRC layer, the SDAP layer, and the PDCP layer, communicates with the gNB-DU 228 via the RLC layer and the MAC layer, and communicates with the gNB-RU 229 via the PHY layer.

通信系统(诸如5G NR系统)的部署可用各种组件或组成零件以多种方式布置。在5G NR系统或网络中,网络节点、网络实体、网络的移动性元件、RAN节点、核心网络节点、网络元件或网络装备(诸如基站或执行基站功能性的一个或多个单元(或一个或多个组件))可在聚合式或分解式架构中实现。例如,基站(诸如节点B(NB)、演进型NB(eNB)、NR基站、5GNB、接入点(AP)、发送接收点(TRP)或小区等)可被实现为聚合基站(也被称为自立基站或单片基站)或分解式基站。The deployment of a communication system (such as a 5G NR system) can be arranged in a variety of ways with various components or components. In a 5G NR system or network, a network node, a network entity, a mobility element of a network, a RAN node, a core network node, a network element, or a network equipment (such as a base station or one or more units (or one or more components) that perform base station functionality) can be implemented in an aggregated or decomposed architecture. For example, a base station (such as a node B (NB), an evolved NB (eNB), an NR base station, a 5GNB, an access point (AP), a transmit receive point (TRP), or a cell, etc.) can be implemented as an aggregated base station (also referred to as a standalone base station or a monolithic base station) or a decomposed base station.

聚合式基站可被配置为利用在物理上或逻辑上集成在单个RAN节点内的无线电协议栈。分解式基站可被配置为利用在物理上或逻辑上分布在两个或更多个单元(诸如一个或多个中央或集中式单元(CU)、一个或多个分布式单元(DU)或一个或多个无线电单元(RU))之间的协议栈。在一些方面,CU可在RAN节点内实现,并且一个或多个DU可与CU共址,或者另选地,可在地理上或虚拟地分布在一个或多个其他RAN节点中。DU可被实现为与一个或多个RU进行通信。CU、DU和RU中的每一者也可以被实现为虚拟单元,即虚拟中央单元(VCU)、虚拟分布式单元(VDU)或虚拟无线电单元(VRU)。A converged base station may be configured to utilize a radio protocol stack physically or logically integrated within a single RAN node. A decomposed base station may be configured to utilize a protocol stack physically or logically distributed between two or more units, such as one or more central or centralized units (CUs), one or more distributed units (DUs), or one or more radio units (RUs). In some aspects, a CU may be implemented within a RAN node, and one or more DUs may be co-located with the CU, or alternatively, may be geographically or virtually distributed in one or more other RAN nodes. A DU may be implemented to communicate with one or more RUs. Each of a CU, a DU, and a RU may also be implemented as a virtual unit, i.e., a virtual central unit (VCU), a virtual distributed unit (VDU), or a virtual radio unit (VRU).

基站类型操作或网络设计可考虑基站功能性的聚合特性。例如,分解式基站可在集成接入回传(IAB)网络、开放式无线电接入网络(O-RAN(诸如由O-RAN联盟倡议的网络配置))或虚拟化无线电接入网络(vRAN,也被称为云无线电接入网络(C-RAN))中使用。分解可包括跨各种物理位置处的两个或更多个单元分布功能,以及虚拟地分布至少一个单元的功能,这可实现网络设计的灵活性。分解式基站或分解式RAN架构的各种单元可被配置用于与至少一个其他单元进行有线或无线通信。Base station type operations or network designs may take into account the aggregated nature of base station functionality. For example, a disaggregated base station may be used in an integrated access backhaul (IAB) network, an open radio access network (O-RAN (network configurations such as those initiated by the O-RAN Alliance)), or a virtualized radio access network (vRAN, also known as a cloud radio access network (C-RAN)). Decomposition may include distributing functions across two or more units at various physical locations, as well as virtually distributing the functions of at least one unit, which may enable flexibility in network design. Various units of a disaggregated base station or disaggregated RAN architecture may be configured for wired or wireless communication with at least one other unit.

图2C例示了根据本公开的各方面的示例分解式基站架构250。分解式基站架构250可包括一个或多个中央单元(CU)280(例如,gNB-CU 226),其可经由回传链路直接与核心网络267(例如,5GC 210、5GC 260)通信,或者通过一个或多个分解式基站单元(诸如经由E2链路的近实时(近RT)RAN智能控制器(RIC)259或者与服务管理和编排(SMO)框架255相关联的非实时(非RT)RIC 257或两者)间接与核心网络267通信。CU 280可经由相应的中传链路(诸如F1接口)来与一个或多个分布式单元(DU)285(例如,gNB-DU 228)通信。DU 285可经由相应的前传链路来与一个或多个无线电单元(RU)287(例如,gNB-RU 229)通信。RU 287可经由一个或多个射频(RF)接入链路与相应UE 204进行通信。在一些具体实施中,UE 204可由多个RU 287同时服务。FIG2C illustrates an example disaggregated base station architecture 250 according to aspects of the present disclosure. The disaggregated base station architecture 250 may include one or more central units (CUs) 280 (e.g., gNB-CUs 226) that may communicate directly with a core network 267 (e.g., 5GC 210, 5GC 260) via a backhaul link, or indirectly with the core network 267 through one or more disaggregated base station units, such as a near real-time (near-RT) RAN intelligent controller (RIC) 259 via an E2 link or a non-real-time (non-RT) RIC 257 associated with a service management and orchestration (SMO) framework 255, or both. The CU 280 may communicate with one or more distributed units (DUs) 285 (e.g., gNB-DUs 228) via corresponding midhaul links, such as F1 interfaces. The DUs 285 may communicate with one or more radio units (RUs) 287 (e.g., gNB-RUs 229) via corresponding fronthaul links. The RU 287 can communicate with a corresponding UE 204 via one or more radio frequency (RF) access links. In some implementations, a UE 204 can be served by multiple RUs 287 simultaneously.

单元(即,CU 280、DU 285、RU 287,以及近RT RIC 259、非RT RIC 257和SMO框架255)中的每一者可包括一个或多个接口或者耦合到一个或多个接口,该一个或多个接口被配置为经由有线或无线发送介质接收或发送信号、数据或信息(统称为信号)。单元中的每一者或向这些单元的通信接口提供指令的相关联的处理器或控制器可被配置为经由发送介质与其他单元中的一者或多者进行通信。例如,这些单元可包括有线接口,该有线接口被配置为通过有线发送介质向其他单元中的一者或多者接收或发送信号。附加地,该单元可包括无线接口,该无线接口可包括接收器、发送器或收发器(诸如射频(RF)收发器),该接收器、发送器或收发器被配置为通过无线发送介质向其他单元中的一者或多者接收或发送信号、或两者。Each of the units (i.e., CU 280, DU 285, RU 287, and near-RT RIC 259, non-RT RIC 257, and SMO framework 255) may include or be coupled to one or more interfaces configured to receive or send signals, data, or information (collectively, signals) via a wired or wireless transmission medium. Each of the units or an associated processor or controller that provides instructions to the communication interface of these units may be configured to communicate with one or more of the other units via a transmission medium. For example, these units may include a wired interface configured to receive or send signals to one or more of the other units via a wired transmission medium. Additionally, the unit may include a wireless interface that may include a receiver, transmitter, or transceiver (such as a radio frequency (RF) transceiver) that is configured to receive or send signals, or both, to one or more of the other units via a wireless transmission medium.

在一些方面,CU 280可托管一个或多个较高层控制功能。此类控制功能可包括无线电资源控制(RRC)、分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)、服务数据适配协议(SDAP)等。每个控制功能可利用接口来实现,该接口被配置为与由CU 280托管的其他控制功能传达信号。CU 280可被配置为处置用户面功能性(即,中央单元-用户面(CU-UP))、控制面功能性(即,中央单元-控制面(CU-CP))或它们的组合。在一些具体实施中,CU 280可被逻辑地拆分成一个或多个CU-UP单元和一个或多个CU-CP单元。当在O-RAN配置中实现时,CU-UP单元可以经由接口(诸如E1接口)与CU-CP单元双向通信。根据需要,CU 280可被实现为与DU 285进行通信,以进行网络控制和信令。In some aspects, CU 280 may host one or more higher layer control functions. Such control functions may include radio resource control (RRC), packet data convergence protocol (PDCP), service data adaptation protocol (SDAP), etc. Each control function may be implemented using an interface that is configured to communicate signals with other control functions hosted by CU 280. CU 280 may be configured to handle user plane functionality (i.e., central unit-user plane (CU-UP)), control plane functionality (i.e., central unit-control plane (CU-CP)), or a combination thereof. In some specific implementations, CU 280 may be logically split into one or more CU-UP units and one or more CU-CP units. When implemented in an O-RAN configuration, the CU-UP unit may communicate bidirectionally with the CU-CP unit via an interface (such as an E1 interface). As needed, CU 280 may be implemented to communicate with DU 285 for network control and signaling.

DU 285可对应于逻辑单元,该逻辑单元包括用于控制一个或多个RU 287的操作的一个或多个基站功能。在一些方面,DU 285可至少部分地取决于功能拆分(诸如由第三代合作伙伴计划(3GPP)定义的功能拆分)来托管无线电链路控制(RLC)层、介质访问控制(MAC)层和一个或多个高物理(PHY)层(诸如用于前向纠错(FEC)编码和解码、加扰、调制和解调等的模块)中的一者或多者。在一些方面,DU 285还可托管一个或多个低PHY层。每个层(或模块)可利用接口来实现,该接口被配置为与由DU 285托管的其他层(和模块)或者与由CU280托管的控制功能传达信号。DU 285 may correspond to a logical unit that includes one or more base station functions for controlling the operation of one or more RUs 287. In some aspects, DU 285 may host one or more of a radio link control (RLC) layer, a medium access control (MAC) layer, and one or more high physical (PHY) layers (such as modules for forward error correction (FEC) encoding and decoding, scrambling, modulation and demodulation, etc.) depending at least in part on a functional split such as defined by the Third Generation Partnership Project (3GPP). In some aspects, DU 285 may also host one or more low PHY layers. Each layer (or module) may be implemented using an interface that is configured to communicate signals with other layers (and modules) hosted by DU 285 or with control functions hosted by CU 280.

较低层功能性可由一个或多个RU 287来实现。在一些部署中,由DU 285控制的RU287可对应于逻辑节点,该逻辑节点至少部分地基于功能拆分(诸如较低层功能拆分)来托管RF处理功能或低PHY层功能(诸如执行快速傅里叶变换(FFT)、逆FFT(iFFT)、数字波束成形、物理随机接入信道(PRACH)提取和滤波等)或两者。在此类架构中,RU 287可被实现为处置与一个或多个UE 204的空中(OTA)通信。在一些具体实施中,与RU 287的控制面和用户面通信的实时和非实时方面可由对应DU 285控制。在一些场景中,该配置可使得能够在基于云的RAN架构(诸如vRAN架构)中实现DU 285和CU 280。The lower layer functionality may be implemented by one or more RUs 287. In some deployments, a RU 287 controlled by a DU 285 may correspond to a logical node that hosts RF processing functions or low PHY layer functions (such as performing Fast Fourier Transform (FFT), Inverse FFT (iFFT), digital beamforming, physical random access channel (PRACH) extraction and filtering, etc.), or both, based at least in part on a functional split (such as a lower layer functional split). In such an architecture, the RU 287 may be implemented to handle over-the-air (OTA) communications with one or more UEs 204. In some implementations, real-time and non-real-time aspects of control plane and user plane communications with the RU 287 may be controlled by the corresponding DU 285. In some scenarios, this configuration may enable the implementation of the DU 285 and the CU 280 in a cloud-based RAN architecture (such as a vRAN architecture).

SMO框架255可被配置为支持非虚拟化网络元件和虚拟化网络元件的RAN部署和调配。对于非虚拟化网络元件,SMO框架255可被配置为支持用于RAN覆盖要求的专用物理资源的部署,这些专用物理资源可经由操作和维护接口(诸如O1接口)来管理。对于虚拟化网络元件,SMO框架255可被配置为与云计算平台(诸如开放云(O-Cloud)269)交互以经由云计算平台接口(诸如O2接口)执行网络元件生命周期管理(诸如以使虚拟化网络元件实例化)。此类虚拟化网络元件可包括但不限于CU 280、DU 285、RU 287和近RT RIC 259。在一些具体实施中,SMO框架255可经由O1接口与4G RAN的硬件方面(诸如开放式eNB(O-eNB)261)通信。附加地,在一些具体实施中,SMO框架255可经由O1接口与一个或多个RU 287直接通信。SMO框架255还可包括被配置为支持SMO框架255的功能性的非RT RIC 257。The SMO framework 255 may be configured to support RAN deployment and provisioning of non-virtualized network elements and virtualized network elements. For non-virtualized network elements, the SMO framework 255 may be configured to support the deployment of dedicated physical resources for RAN coverage requirements, which may be managed via an operation and maintenance interface (such as an O1 interface). For virtualized network elements, the SMO framework 255 may be configured to interact with a cloud computing platform (such as an open cloud (O-Cloud) 269) to perform network element lifecycle management (such as to instantiate virtualized network elements) via a cloud computing platform interface (such as an O2 interface). Such virtualized network elements may include, but are not limited to, CU 280, DU 285, RU 287, and near-RT RIC 259. In some specific implementations, the SMO framework 255 may communicate with hardware aspects of the 4G RAN (such as an open eNB (O-eNB) 261) via the O1 interface. Additionally, in some specific implementations, the SMO framework 255 may communicate directly with one or more RUs 287 via the O1 interface. The SMO framework 255 may also include a non-RT RIC 257 configured to support the functionality of the SMO framework 255 .

非RT RIC 257可被配置为包括逻辑功能,该逻辑功能能够实现RAN元件和资源的非实时控制和优化、包括模型训练和更新的人工智能/机器学习(AI/ML)工作流或近RT RIC259中的应用/特征的基于策略的指导。非RT RIC 257可(诸如经由A1接口)耦合到近RT RIC259或与该近RT RIC通信。近RT RIC 259可被配置为包括逻辑功能,该逻辑功能能够通过接口(诸如经由E2接口)经由数据收集和动作实现RAN元件和资源的近实时控制和优化,该接口将一个或多个CU 280、一个或多个DU 285或两者以及O-eNB与近RT RIC 259连接。The non-RT RIC 257 may be configured to include logic functions that enable non-real-time control and optimization of RAN elements and resources, artificial intelligence/machine learning (AI/ML) workflows including model training and updating, or policy-based guidance of applications/features in the near-RT RIC 259. The non-RT RIC 257 may be coupled to or communicate with the near-RT RIC 259 (such as via an A1 interface). The near-RT RIC 259 may be configured to include logic functions that enable near-real-time control and optimization of RAN elements and resources via data collection and actions through an interface (such as via an E2 interface) that connects one or more CUs 280, one or more DUs 285, or both, and the O-eNB with the near-RT RIC 259.

在一些具体实施中,为了生成要部署在近RT RIC 259中的AI/ML模型,非RT RIC257可从外部服务器接收参数或外部丰富信息。此类信息可由近RT RIC 259利用,并且可在SMO框架255或非RT RIC 257处从非网络数据源或从网络功能接收到。在一些示例中,非RTRIC 257或近RT RIC 259可被配置为调节RAN行为或性能。例如,非RT RIC 257可监测性能的长期趋势和模式,并且采用AI/ML模型来通过SMO框架255(诸如经由O1的重新配置)或经由创建RAN管理策略(诸如A1策略)来执行纠正动作。In some implementations, in order to generate an AI/ML model to be deployed in the near-RT RIC 259, the non-RT RIC 257 may receive parameters or external enrichment information from an external server. Such information may be utilized by the near-RT RIC 259 and may be received from a non-network data source or from a network function at the SMO framework 255 or the non-RT RIC 257. In some examples, the non-RT RIC 257 or the near-RT RIC 259 may be configured to adjust RAN behavior or performance. For example, the non-RT RIC 257 may monitor long-term trends and patterns of performance and employ AI/ML models to perform corrective actions through the SMO framework 255 (such as via reconfiguration of O1) or via the creation of RAN management policies (such as A1 policies).

图3A、图3B和图3C例示了若干示例组件(由对应的框来表示),该若干示例组件可结合到UE 302(其可以对应于本文所述的UE中的任何UE)、基站304(其可以对应于本文所述的基站中的任何基站)和网络实体306(其可以对应于或体现本文所述的网络功能中的任何网络功能,包括位置服务器230和LMF 270,或另选地可独立于图2A和图2B所描绘的NG-RAN220和/或5GC 210/260基础设施,诸如专用网络)中,以支持如本文所述的操作。应当理解,这些组件可在不同类型的装置中以不同的具体实施来实现(例如,在ASIC中、在片上系统(SoC)中等)。所例示的组件还被结合到通信系统中的其他装置中。例如,系统中的其他装置可包括与被描述为提供类似功能性的那些组件类似的组件。而且,给定装置可包含这些组件中的一个或多个组件。例如,装置可包括多个收发器组件,该多个收发器组件使得装置能够在多个载波上操作并且/或者经由不同的技术进行通信。3A, 3B, and 3C illustrate several example components (represented by corresponding boxes) that may be incorporated into a UE 302 (which may correspond to any of the UEs described herein), a base station 304 (which may correspond to any of the base stations described herein), and a network entity 306 (which may correspond to or embody any of the network functions described herein, including the location server 230 and the LMF 270, or alternatively may be independent of the NG-RAN 220 and/or 5GC 210/260 infrastructure depicted in FIGS. 2A and 2B, such as a dedicated network) to support operations as described herein. It should be understood that these components may be implemented in different types of devices with different specific implementations (e.g., in an ASIC, in a system on a chip (SoC), etc.). The illustrated components are also incorporated into other devices in a communication system. For example, other devices in the system may include components similar to those described as providing similar functionality. Moreover, a given device may include one or more of these components. For example, an apparatus may include multiple transceiver components that enable the apparatus to operate on multiple carriers and/or communicate via different technologies.

UE 302和基站304各自分别包括一个或多个无线广域网(WWAN)收发器310和350,该一个或多个无线广域网(WWAN)收发器提供用于经由诸如NR网络、LTE网络、GSM网络等的一个或多个无线通信网络(未示出)进行通信的部件(例如,用于发送的部件、用于接收的部件、用于测量的部件、用于调谐的部件、用于阻止发送的部件等)。WWAN收发器310和350可各自分别连接到一个或多个天线316和356,以用于在感兴趣无线通信介质(例如,特定频谱中的某个时间/频率资源集)上经由至少一个指定的RAT(例如,NR、LTE、GSM等)与其他网络节点(诸如其他UE、接入点、基站(例如,eNB、gNB)等)通信。WWAN收发器310和350可以不同方式被配置用于根据指定RAT分别对信号318和358(例如,消息、指示、信息等)进行发送和编码,以及相反地分别对信号318和358(例如,消息、指示、信息、导频等等)进行接收和解码。具体地,WWAN收发器310和350分别包括:分别用于对信号318和358进行发送和编码的一个或多个发送器314和354,以及分别用于对信号318和358进行接收和解码的一个或多个接收器312和352。UE 302 and base station 304 each include one or more wireless wide area network (WWAN) transceivers 310 and 350, respectively, which provide means (e.g., means for transmitting, means for receiving, means for measuring, means for tuning, means for preventing transmitting, etc.) for communicating via one or more wireless communication networks (not shown), such as NR networks, LTE networks, GSM networks, etc. WWAN transceivers 310 and 350 may each be connected to one or more antennas 316 and 356, respectively, for communicating with other network nodes (such as other UEs, access points, base stations (e.g., eNBs, gNBs), etc.) via at least one designated RAT (e.g., NR, LTE, GSM, etc.) on a wireless communication medium of interest (e.g., a certain set of time/frequency resources in a specific spectrum). The WWAN transceivers 310 and 350 can be configured in different ways to transmit and encode signals 318 and 358 (e.g., messages, indications, information, etc.) according to the specified RAT, and conversely, receive and decode signals 318 and 358 (e.g., messages, indications, information, pilots, etc.). Specifically, the WWAN transceivers 310 and 350 include: one or more transmitters 314 and 354 for transmitting and encoding signals 318 and 358, respectively, and one or more receivers 312 and 352 for receiving and decoding signals 318 and 358, respectively.

至少在一些情况下,UE 302和基站304各自还分别包括一个或多个短距离无线收发器320和360。短距离无线收发器320和360可分别连接到一个或多个天线326和366,并且提供用于在感兴趣无线通信介质上经由至少一个指定RAT(例如,WiFi、LTE-D、PC5、专用短距离通信(DSRC)、用于交通工具环境的无线接入(WAVE)、近场通信(NFC)、超宽带(UWB)等)与其他网络节点(诸如其他UE、接入点、基站等)进行通信的部件(例如,用于发送的部件、用于接收的部件、用于测量的部件、用于调谐的部件、用于阻止发送的部件等)。短距离无线收发器320和360可以不同方式被配置用于根据指定RAT分别对信号328和368(例如,消息、指示、信息等)进行发送和编码,以及相反地分别对信号328和368(例如,消息、指示、信息、导频等等)进行接收和解码。具体地,短距离无线收发器320和360分别包括:分别用于对信号328和368进行发送和编码的一个或多个发送器324和364,以及分别用于对信号328和368进行接收和解码的一个或多个接收器322和362。作为具体示例,短距离无线收发器320和360可以是WiFi收发器、收发器、和/或 收发器、NFC收发器UWB收发器或交通工具到交通工具(V2V)和/或车联网(V2X)收发器。At least in some cases, the UE 302 and the base station 304 each further include one or more short-range wireless transceivers 320 and 360, respectively. The short-range wireless transceivers 320 and 360 can be connected to one or more antennas 326 and 366, respectively, and provide for communicating over the wireless communication medium of interest via at least one designated RAT (e.g., WiFi, LTE-D, The short-range wireless transceivers 320 and 360 are components (e.g., components for sending, components for receiving, components for measuring, components for tuning, components for preventing sending, etc.) for communicating with other network nodes (such as other UEs, access points, base stations, etc.) using a PC5, dedicated short-range communication (DSRC), wireless access for vehicle environments (WAVE), near field communication (NFC), ultra-wideband (UWB), etc.). The short-range wireless transceivers 320 and 360 can be configured in different ways to send and encode signals 328 and 368 (e.g., messages, indications, information, etc.) according to a specified RAT, and conversely, receive and decode signals 328 and 368 (e.g., messages, indications, information, pilots, etc.). Specifically, the short-range wireless transceivers 320 and 360 include: one or more transmitters 324 and 364 for sending and encoding signals 328 and 368, respectively, and one or more receivers 322 and 362 for receiving and decoding signals 328 and 368, respectively. As a specific example, the short-range wireless transceivers 320 and 360 may be WiFi transceivers, Transceiver, and/or transceiver, NFC transceiver UWB transceiver or vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) and/or vehicle-to-everything (V2X) transceiver.

至少在一些情况下,UE 302和基站304还包括卫星信号接收器330和370。卫星信号接收器330和370可分别连接到一个或多个天线336和376,并且可提供用于分别接收和/或测量卫星定位/通信信号338和378的部件。在卫星信号接收器330和370是卫星定位系统接收器的情况下,卫星定位/通信信号338和378可以是全球定位系统(GPS)信号、全球导航卫星系统(GLONASS)信号、伽利略信号、北斗信号、印度区域导航卫星系统(NAVIC)、准天顶卫星系统(QZSS)等。在卫星信号接收器330和370是非地面网络(NTN)接收器的情况下,卫星定位/通信信号338和378可以是源自5G网络的通信信号(例如,携带控制和/或用户数据)。卫星信号接收器330和370可包括分别用于接收和处理卫星定位/通信信号338和378的任何合适的硬件和/或软件。卫星信号接收器330和370可向其他系统请求适当的信息和操作,并且至少在一些情况下,使用由任何合适的卫星定位系统算法获得的测量来执行计算以分别确定UE 302和基站304的位置。At least in some cases, the UE 302 and the base station 304 also include satellite signal receivers 330 and 370. The satellite signal receivers 330 and 370 may be connected to one or more antennas 336 and 376, respectively, and may provide components for receiving and/or measuring satellite positioning/communication signals 338 and 378, respectively. In the case where the satellite signal receivers 330 and 370 are satellite positioning system receivers, the satellite positioning/communication signals 338 and 378 may be global positioning system (GPS) signals, global navigation satellite system (GLONASS) signals, Galileo signals, Beidou signals, Indian regional navigation satellite system (NAVIC), Quasi-Zenith Satellite System (QZSS), etc. In the case where the satellite signal receivers 330 and 370 are non-terrestrial network (NTN) receivers, the satellite positioning/communication signals 338 and 378 may be communication signals (e.g., carrying control and/or user data) originating from a 5G network. The satellite signal receivers 330 and 370 may include any suitable hardware and/or software for receiving and processing satellite positioning/communication signals 338 and 378, respectively. Satellite signal receivers 330 and 370 may request appropriate information and operations from other systems and, at least in some cases, perform calculations using measurements obtained by any suitable satellite positioning system algorithm to determine the positions of UE 302 and base station 304, respectively.

基站304和网络实体306各自分别包括一个或多个网络收发器380和390,该一个或多个网络收发器提供用于与其他网络实体(例如,其他基站304、其他网络实体306)通信的部件(例如,用于发送的部件、用于接收的部件等)。例如,基站304可采用一个或多个网络收发器380以通过一个或多个有线或无线回传链路与其他基站304或网络实体306通信。作为另一示例,网络实体306可采用一个或多个网络收发器390以通过一个或多个有线或无线回传链路与一个或多个基站304通信,或者通过一个或多个有线或无线核心网络接口与其他网络实体306通信。The base station 304 and the network entity 306 each include one or more network transceivers 380 and 390, respectively, which provide components (e.g., components for sending, components for receiving, etc.) for communicating with other network entities (e.g., other base stations 304, other network entities 306). For example, the base station 304 may employ one or more network transceivers 380 to communicate with other base stations 304 or network entities 306 through one or more wired or wireless backhaul links. As another example, the network entity 306 may employ one or more network transceivers 390 to communicate with one or more base stations 304 through one or more wired or wireless backhaul links, or communicate with other network entities 306 through one or more wired or wireless core network interfaces.

收发器可被配置为通过有线或无线链路进行通信。收发器(无论是有线收发器还是无线收发器)包括发送器电路系统(例如,发送器314、324、354、364)和接收器电路系统(例如,接收器312、322、352、362)。在一些具体实施中,收发器可以是集成设备(例如,在单个设备中体现发送器电路系统和接收器电路系统),在一些具体实施中可包括单独的发送器电路系统和单独的接收器电路系统,或者在其他具体实施中可以其他方式体现。有线收发器(例如,一些具体实施中的网络收发器380和390)的发送器电路系统和接收器电路系统可耦合到一个或多个有线网络接口端口。无线发送器电路系统(例如,发送器314、324、354、364)可包括或耦合到多个天线(例如,天线316、326、356、366),诸如天线阵列,该多个天线允许相应的装置(例如,UE 302、基站304)执行发送“波束成形”,如本文所述。类似地,无线接收器电路系统(例如,接收器312、322、352、362)可包括或耦合到多个天线(例如,天线316、326、356、366),诸如天线阵列,该天线阵列允许相应的装置(例如,UE 302、基站304)执行接收波束成形,如本文所述。在一方面,发送器电路系统和接收器电路系统可共享相同的多个天线(例如,天线316、326、356、366),使得相应的装置可在给定时间仅进行接收或仅进行发送,而不是在同一时间进行接收和发送两者。无线收发器(例如,WWAN收发器310和350、短距离无线收发器320和360)还可包括用于执行各种测量的网络侦听模块(NLM)等。The transceiver may be configured to communicate over a wired or wireless link. A transceiver (whether a wired transceiver or a wireless transceiver) includes a transmitter circuit system (e.g., transmitters 314, 324, 354, 364) and a receiver circuit system (e.g., receivers 312, 322, 352, 362). In some implementations, the transceiver may be an integrated device (e.g., embodying the transmitter circuit system and the receiver circuit system in a single device), in some implementations may include separate transmitter circuit systems and separate receiver circuit systems, or may be embodied in other ways in other implementations. The transmitter circuit system and the receiver circuit system of a wired transceiver (e.g., network transceivers 380 and 390 in some implementations) may be coupled to one or more wired network interface ports. The wireless transmitter circuitry (e.g., transmitters 314, 324, 354, 364) may include or be coupled to multiple antennas (e.g., antennas 316, 326, 356, 366), such as antenna arrays, which allow the corresponding device (e.g., UE 302, base station 304) to perform transmit "beamforming", as described herein. Similarly, the wireless receiver circuitry (e.g., receiver 312, 322, 352, 362) may include or be coupled to multiple antennas (e.g., antennas 316, 326, 356, 366), such as antenna arrays, which allow the corresponding device (e.g., UE 302, base station 304) to perform receive beamforming, as described herein. In one aspect, the transmitter circuitry and the receiver circuitry may share the same multiple antennas (e.g., antennas 316, 326, 356, 366) so that the corresponding device can only receive or only transmit at a given time, rather than both receive and transmit at the same time. The wireless transceivers (eg, WWAN transceivers 310 and 350, short-range wireless transceivers 320 and 360) may also include a network listening module (NLM) or the like for performing various measurements.

如本文所用,各种无线收发器(例如,一些具体实施中的收发器310、320、350和360,以及网络收发器380和390)和有线收发器(例如,一些具体实施中的网络收发器380和390)通常可被表征为“收发器”、“至少一个收发器”或“一个或多个收发器”。因此,可根据所执行的通信类型推断出特定收发器是有线收发器还是无线收发器。例如,网络设备或服务器之间的回传通信通常涉及经由有线收发器的信令,而UE(例如,UE 302)和基站(例如,基站304)之间的无线通信通常将涉及经由无线收发器的信令。As used herein, various wireless transceivers (e.g., transceivers 310, 320, 350, and 360 in some implementations, and network transceivers 380 and 390) and wired transceivers (e.g., network transceivers 380 and 390 in some implementations) may be generally characterized as a "transceiver," "at least one transceiver," or "one or more transceivers." Thus, whether a particular transceiver is a wired or wireless transceiver may be inferred based on the type of communication being performed. For example, backhaul communications between network devices or servers typically involve signaling via a wired transceiver, while wireless communications between a UE (e.g., UE 302) and a base station (e.g., base station 304) will typically involve signaling via a wireless transceiver.

UE 302、基站304和网络实体306还包括可结合本文所公开的操作使用的其他组件。UE 302、基站304和网络实体306分别包括一个或多个处理器332、384和394,用于提供与例如无线通信有关的功能性,以及用于提供其他处理功能性。因此,处理器332、384和394可提供用于处理的部件,诸如用于确定的部件、用于计算的部件、用于接收的部件、用于发送的部件、用于指示的部件等。在一方面,处理器332、384和394可包括例如一个或多个通用处理器、多核处理器、中央处理单元(CPU)、ASIC、数字信号处理器(DSP)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)、其他可编程逻辑设备或处理电路系统或者它们的各种组合。UE 302, base station 304, and network entity 306 also include other components that can be used in conjunction with the operations disclosed herein. UE 302, base station 304, and network entity 306 include one or more processors 332, 384, and 394, respectively, for providing functionality related to, for example, wireless communication, and for providing other processing functionality. Thus, processors 332, 384, and 394 may provide means for processing, such as means for determining, means for calculating, means for receiving, means for sending, means for indicating, etc. In one aspect, processors 332, 384, and 394 may include, for example, one or more general purpose processors, multi-core processors, central processing units (CPUs), ASICs, digital signal processors (DSPs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), other programmable logic devices or processing circuit systems, or various combinations thereof.

UE 302、基站304和网络实体306分别包括实现存储器340、386和396(例如,各自包括存储器设备)的存储器电路系统,该存储器电路系统用于维护信息(例如,指示预留资源、阈值、参数等等的信息)。因此,存储器340、386和396可提供用于存储的部件、用于检索的部件、用于维护的部件等。在一些情况下,UE 302、基站304和网络实体306可分别包括定位组件342、388和398。定位组件342、388和398分别可以是作为处理器332、384和394的一部分或与其耦合的硬件电路,这些硬件电路在被执行时使UE 302、基站304和网络实体306执行本文中所描述的功能性。在其他方面,定位组件342、388和398可在处理器332、384和394的外部(例如,调制解调器处理系统的一部分、与另一处理系统集成等)。另选地,定位组件342、388和398分别可以是存储在存储器340、386和396中的存储器模块,这些存储器模块在由处理器332、384和394(或调制解调器处理系统、另一处理系统等)执行时使UE 302、基站304和网络实体306执行本文中所描述的功能性。图3A例示了定位组件342的可能位置,该定位组件可以是例如一个或多个WWAN收发器310、存储器340、一个或多个处理器332或它们的任何组合的一部分,或者可以是独立组件。图3B例示了定位组件388的可能位置,该定位组件可以是例如一个或多个WWAN收发器350、存储器386、一个或多个处理器384或它们的任何组合的一部分,或者可以是独立组件。图3C例示了定位组件398的可能位置,该定位组件可以是例如一个或多个网络收发器390、存储器396、一个或多个处理器394或它们的任何组合的一部分,或者可以是独立组件。UE 302, base station 304, and network entity 306 include memory circuitry implementing memory 340, 386, and 396 (e.g., each including a memory device) for maintaining information (e.g., information indicating reserved resources, thresholds, parameters, etc.). Thus, memory 340, 386, and 396 may provide means for storing, means for retrieving, means for maintaining, etc. In some cases, UE 302, base station 304, and network entity 306 may include positioning components 342, 388, and 398, respectively. Positioning components 342, 388, and 398, respectively, may be hardware circuits that are part of or coupled to processors 332, 384, and 394, respectively, which, when executed, cause UE 302, base station 304, and network entity 306 to perform the functionality described herein. In other aspects, the positioning components 342, 388, and 398 may be external to the processors 332, 384, and 394 (e.g., part of a modem processing system, integrated with another processing system, etc.). Alternatively, the positioning components 342, 388, and 398 may be memory modules stored in the memories 340, 386, and 396, respectively, which, when executed by the processors 332, 384, and 394 (or the modem processing system, another processing system, etc.), cause the UE 302, the base station 304, and the network entity 306 to perform the functionality described herein. FIG. 3A illustrates possible locations for the positioning component 342, which may be, for example, part of one or more WWAN transceivers 310, the memory 340, the one or more processors 332, or any combination thereof, or may be a stand-alone component. FIG. 3B illustrates possible locations for the positioning component 388, which may be, for example, part of one or more WWAN transceivers 350, the memory 386, the one or more processors 384, or any combination thereof, or may be a stand-alone component. 3C illustrates possible locations for a location component 398, which may be part of, for example, one or more network transceivers 390, memory 396, one or more processors 394, or any combination thereof, or may be a stand-alone component.

UE 302可包括耦合到一个或多个处理器332的一个或多个传感器344,以提供用于感测或检测与从由一个或多个WWAN收发器310、一个或多个短距离无线收发器320和/或卫星信号接收器330接收的信号导出的运动数据无关的移动和/或取向信息的部件。通过示例的方式,传感器344可包括加速度计(例如,微机电系统(MEMS)设备)、陀螺仪、地磁传感器(例如,罗盘)、测高仪(例如,气压测高仪)和/或任何其他类型的移动检测传感器。此外,传感器344可包括多个不同类型的设备并且将它们的输出进行组合以便提供运动信息。例如,传感器344可使用多轴加速度计和取向传感器的组合,以提供在二维(2D)和/或三维(3D)坐标系中计算定位的能力。UE 302 may include one or more sensors 344 coupled to one or more processors 332 to provide a means for sensing or detecting movement and/or orientation information that is independent of motion data derived from signals received by one or more WWAN transceivers 310, one or more short-range wireless transceivers 320, and/or satellite signal receivers 330. By way of example, sensor 344 may include an accelerometer (e.g., a microelectromechanical system (MEMS) device), a gyroscope, a geomagnetic sensor (e.g., a compass), an altimeter (e.g., a barometric altimeter), and/or any other type of motion detection sensor. In addition, sensor 344 may include multiple different types of devices and combine their outputs to provide motion information. For example, sensor 344 may use a combination of a multi-axis accelerometer and an orientation sensor to provide the ability to calculate positioning in a two-dimensional (2D) and/or three-dimensional (3D) coordinate system.

此外,UE 302包括用户接口346,该用户接口提供用于向用户提供指示(例如,可听和/或可视指示)和/或用于接收用户输入(例如,在用户对感测设备(诸如小键盘、触摸屏、麦克风等等)进行致动时)的部件。尽管未示出,但基站304和网络实体306也可包括用户接口。In addition, the UE 302 includes a user interface 346, which provides components for providing indications to the user (e.g., audible and/or visual indications) and/or for receiving user input (e.g., when the user actuates a sensing device such as a keypad, touch screen, microphone, etc.). Although not shown, the base station 304 and the network entity 306 may also include a user interface.

更详细地参考一个或多个处理器384,在下行链路中,可将来自网络实体306的IP分组提供给处理器384。一个或多个处理器384可实现用于RRC层、分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP)层、无线电链路控制(RLC)层和介质访问控制(MAC)层的功能性。一个或多个处理器384可提供:与系统信息(例如,主信息块(MIB)、系统信息块(SIB))的广播、RRC连接控制(例如,RRC连接寻呼、RRC连接建立、RRC连接修改和RRC连接释放)、RAT间移动性以及用于UE测量报告的测量配置相关联的RRC层功能性;与报头压缩/解压缩、安全性(加密、解密、完整性保护、完整性验证)和移交支持功能相关联的PDCP层功能性;与上层PDU的传递、通过自动重复请求(ARQ)的纠错、RLC服务数据单元(SDU)的级联、分段和重组、RLC数据PDU的重新分段和RLC数据PDU的重新排序相关联的RLC层功能性;以及与逻辑信道和传输信道之间的映射、调度信息报告、纠错、优先级处置和逻辑信道优先级排序相关联的MAC层功能性。Referring to the one or more processors 384 in more detail, in a downlink, IP packets from the network entity 306 may be provided to the processor 384. The one or more processors 384 may implement functionality for an RRC layer, a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer, a radio link control (RLC) layer, and a medium access control (MAC) layer. One or more processors 384 may provide: RRC layer functionality associated with broadcasting of system information (e.g., master information block (MIB), system information block (SIB)), RRC connection control (e.g., RRC connection paging, RRC connection establishment, RRC connection modification, and RRC connection release), inter-RAT mobility, and measurement configuration for UE measurement reporting; PDCP layer functionality associated with header compression/decompression, security (encryption, decryption, integrity protection, integrity verification), and handover support functions; RLC layer functionality associated with delivery of upper layer PDUs, error correction through automatic repeat request (ARQ), concatenation, segmentation and reassembly of RLC service data units (SDUs), re-segmentation of RLC data PDUs, and reordering of RLC data PDUs; and MAC layer functionality associated with mapping between logical channels and transport channels, scheduling information reporting, error correction, priority handling, and logical channel prioritization.

发送器354和接收器352可实现与各种信号处理功能相关联的层1(L1)功能性。包括物理(PHY)层的层1可包括:传输信道上的错误检测、传输信道的前向纠错(FEC)译码/解码、交织、速率匹配、到物理信道的映射、物理信道的调制/解调以及MIMO天线处理。发送器354基于各种调制方案(例如,二元相移键控(BPSK)、正交相移键控(QPSK)、M相移键控(M-PSK)、M正交幅度调制(M-QAM))来处置到信号群集的映射。然后可以将译码和调制的符号分成并行流。然后,可将每个流映射到正交频分复用(OFDM)子载波,在时域和/或频域中与参考信号(例如,导频)进行复用,并且然后使用逆快速傅里叶变换(IFFT)将其组合在一起,以产生携带时域OFDM符号流的物理信道。对OFDM符号流进行空间预译码以产生多个空间流。来自信道估计器的信道估计值可用于确定译码和调制方案以及用于空间处理。可从由UE302发送的参考信号和/或信道状态反馈中导出信道估计。然后,可将每个空间流提供给一个或多个不同的天线356。发送器354可利用相应的空间流来调制RF载波以用于发送。The transmitter 354 and the receiver 352 may implement layer 1 (L1) functionality associated with various signal processing functions. Layer 1, including the physical (PHY) layer, may include: error detection on the transport channel, forward error correction (FEC) coding/decoding of the transport channel, interleaving, rate matching, mapping to the physical channel, modulation/demodulation of the physical channel, and MIMO antenna processing. The transmitter 354 handles the mapping to the signal constellation based on various modulation schemes (e.g., binary phase shift keying (BPSK), quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK), M-phase shift keying (M-PSK), M-quadrature amplitude modulation (M-QAM)). The coded and modulated symbols may then be separated into parallel streams. Each stream may then be mapped to an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) subcarrier, multiplexed with a reference signal (e.g., a pilot) in the time and/or frequency domain, and then combined together using an inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT) to produce a physical channel carrying a time domain OFDM symbol stream. The OFDM symbol stream is spatially pre-coded to generate multiple spatial streams. Channel estimates from a channel estimator may be used to determine coding and modulation schemes and for spatial processing. Channel estimates may be derived from a reference signal and/or channel state feedback sent by the UE 302. Each spatial stream may then be provided to one or more different antennas 356. The transmitter 354 may modulate an RF carrier with a corresponding spatial stream for transmission.

在UE 302处,接收器312通过其相应的天线316接收信号。接收器312恢复被调制到RF载波上的信息并且将该信息提供给一个或多个处理器332。发送器314和接收器312实现与各种信号处理功能相关联的层1功能性。接收器312可对该信息执行空间处理以恢复目的地是UE 302的任何空间流。如果多个空间流的目的地是UE 302,则它们可由接收器312组合成单个OFDM符号流。然后,接收器312使用快速傅里叶变换(FFT)将OFDM符号流从时域转换到频域。频域信号包括针对该OFDM信号的每个子载波的单独的OFDM符号流。通过确定由基站304发送的最有可能的信号星座点来恢复和解调每个子载波上的符号以及参考信号。这些软决策可基于由信道估计器计算的信道估计值。然后,对软决策进行解码和解交织以恢复基站304最初在物理信道上发送的数据和控制信号。然后,将数据和控制信号提供给一个或多个处理器332,这实现层3(L3)和层2(L2)功能性。At the UE 302, the receiver 312 receives the signal through its corresponding antenna 316. The receiver 312 recovers the information modulated onto the RF carrier and provides the information to one or more processors 332. The transmitter 314 and the receiver 312 implement layer 1 functionality associated with various signal processing functions. The receiver 312 can perform spatial processing on the information to recover any spatial streams destined for the UE 302. If multiple spatial streams are destined for the UE 302, they can be combined into a single OFDM symbol stream by the receiver 312. The receiver 312 then converts the OFDM symbol stream from the time domain to the frequency domain using a fast Fourier transform (FFT). The frequency domain signal includes a separate OFDM symbol stream for each subcarrier of the OFDM signal. The symbols on each subcarrier and the reference signal are recovered and demodulated by determining the most likely signal constellation point sent by the base station 304. These soft decisions can be based on channel estimates calculated by a channel estimator. The soft decisions are then decoded and deinterleaved to recover the data and control signals originally sent by the base station 304 on the physical channel. The data and control signals are then provided to one or more processors 332, which implement layer 3 (L3) and layer 2 (L2) functionality.

在下行链路中,一个或多个处理器332提供传输信道和逻辑信道之间的解复用、分组重组、解密、报头解压缩和控制信号处理以恢复来自核心网络的IP分组。一个或多个处理器332还负责错误检测。In the downlink, one or more processors 332 provide demultiplexing between transport and logical channels, packet reassembly, decryption, header decompression, and control signal processing to recover IP packets from the core network. One or more processors 332 are also responsible for error detection.

类似于结合由基站304进行的下行链路发送所描述的功能性,一个或多个处理器332提供:与系统信息(例如,MIB、SIB)获取、RRC连接和测量报告相关联的RRC层功能性;与报头压缩/解压缩和安全性(加密、解密、完整性保护、完整性验证)相关联的PDCP层功能性;与上层PDU的传递,通过ARQ的纠错,RLC SDU的级联、分段和重组,RLC数据PDU的重新分段和RLC数据PDU的重新排序相关联的RLC层功能性;以及与逻辑信道和传输信道之间的映射、MAC SDU到传输块(TB)上的复用、MAC SDU从TB的解复用、调度信息报告、通过混合自动重复请求(HARQ)的纠错、优先级处置和逻辑信道优先级排序相关联的MAC层功能性。Similar to the functionality described in conjunction with downlink transmissions performed by the base station 304, the one or more processors 332 provide: RRC layer functionality associated with system information (e.g., MIB, SIB) acquisition, RRC connection, and measurement reporting; PDCP layer functionality associated with header compression/decompression and security (encryption, decryption, integrity protection, integrity verification); RLC layer functionality associated with delivery of upper layer PDUs, error correction through ARQ, concatenation, segmentation and reassembly of RLC SDUs, re-segmentation of RLC data PDUs, and reordering of RLC data PDUs; and MAC layer functionality associated with mapping between logical channels and transport channels, multiplexing of MAC SDUs onto transport blocks (TBs), demultiplexing of MAC SDUs from TBs, scheduling information reporting, error correction through hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ), priority handling, and logical channel prioritization.

由信道估计器从由基站304发送的参考信号或反馈中导出的信道估计值可由发送器314用来选择适当的译码和调制方案,并且促进空间处理。可将由发送器314生成的空间流提供给不同的天线316。发送器314可利用相应的空间流来调制RF载波以用于发送。Channel estimates derived by the channel estimator from a reference signal or feedback sent by the base station 304 may be used by the transmitter 314 to select appropriate coding and modulation schemes and facilitate spatial processing. The spatial streams generated by the transmitter 314 may be provided to different antennas 316. The transmitter 314 may modulate an RF carrier with a corresponding spatial stream for transmission.

在基站304处以与结合UE 302处的接收器功能所述的方式类似的方式来处理上行链路发送。接收器352通过其相应的天线356接收信号。接收器352恢复被调制到RF载波上的信息并且将该信息提供给一个或多个处理器384。The uplink transmissions are processed at the base station 304 in a manner similar to that described in connection with the receiver functionality at the UE 302. The receiver 352 receives the signal through its respective antenna 356. The receiver 352 recovers the information modulated onto the RF carrier and provides the information to one or more processors 384.

在上行链路中,一个或多个处理器384提供传输信道和逻辑信道之间的解复用、分组重组、解密、报头解压缩、控制信号处理以恢复来自UE 302的IP分组。可将来自一个或多个处理器384的IP分组提供给核心网络。一个或多个处理器384还负责错误检测。In the uplink, the one or more processors 384 provide demultiplexing between transport and logical channels, packet reassembly, decryption, header decompression, control signal processing to recover IP packets from the UE 302. The IP packets from the one or more processors 384 may be provided to the core network. The one or more processors 384 are also responsible for error detection.

为了方便,UE 302、基站304和/或网络实体306在图3A、图3B和图3C中被示为包括可根据本文所述的各种示例来配置的各种组件。然而,应当理解,所例示的组件在不同设计中可具有不同功能性。具体地,图3A至图3C中的各种组件在另选配置中是可选的,并且各个方面包括可由于设计选择、成本、设备的使用或其他考虑而变化的配置。例如,在图3A的情况下,UE 302的特定具体实施可省略WWAN收发器310(例如,可穿戴设备或平板计算机或PC或膝上型计算机可具有Wi-Fi和/或蓝牙能力而没有蜂窝能力),或者可省略短距离无线收发器320(例如,仅蜂窝等),或者可省略卫星信号接收器330,或者可省略传感器344等等。在另一示例中,在图3B的情况下,基站304的特定具体实施可省略WWAN收发器350(例如,不具有蜂窝能力的Wi-Fi“热点”接入点),或者可省略短距离无线收发器360(例如,仅蜂窝等),或者可省略卫星信号接收器370等等。为简洁起见,各种另选配置的例示未在本文中提供,但对于本领域技术人员而言将是容易理解的。For convenience, UE 302, base station 304 and/or network entity 306 are shown in FIG. 3A, FIG. 3B and FIG. 3C as including various components that can be configured according to various examples described herein. However, it should be understood that the illustrated components may have different functionality in different designs. Specifically, various components in FIG. 3A to FIG. 3C are optional in alternative configurations, and various aspects include configurations that may vary due to design selection, cost, use of equipment or other considerations. For example, in the case of FIG. 3A, a specific implementation of UE 302 may omit WWAN transceiver 310 (e.g., a wearable device or tablet computer or PC or laptop computer may have Wi-Fi and/or Bluetooth capabilities without cellular capabilities), or may omit short-range wireless transceiver 320 (e.g., only cellular, etc.), or may omit satellite signal receiver 330, or may omit sensor 344, etc. In another example, in the case of FIG. 3B , a particular implementation of the base station 304 may omit the WWAN transceiver 350 (e.g., a Wi-Fi “hotspot” access point without cellular capabilities), or may omit the short-range wireless transceiver 360 (e.g., cellular only, etc.), or may omit the satellite signal receiver 370, etc. For the sake of brevity, illustrations of various alternative configurations are not provided herein, but will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art.

UE 302、基站304和网络实体306的各种组件可分别通过数据总线334、382和392彼此通信地耦合。在一方面,数据总线334、382和392可分别形成UE 302、基站304和网络实体306的通信接口或作为其一部分。例如,在不同的逻辑实体体现在同一设备(例如,被结合到同一基站304中的gNB和位置服务器功能性)中的情况下,数据总线334、382和392可提供该不同的逻辑实体之间的通信。Various components of the UE 302, base station 304, and network entity 306 may be communicatively coupled to one another via data buses 334, 382, and 392, respectively. In an aspect, the data buses 334, 382, and 392 may form or be part of communication interfaces for the UE 302, base station 304, and network entity 306, respectively. For example, where different logical entities are embodied in the same device (e.g., gNB and location server functionality incorporated into the same base station 304), the data buses 334, 382, and 392 may provide for communication between the different logical entities.

图3A、图3B和图3C的组件可以各种方式实现。在一些具体实施中,图3A、图3B和图3C的组件可在一个或多个电路(诸如例如一个或多个处理器和/或一个或多个ASIC(其可包括一个或多个处理器))中实现。此处,每个电路可使用和/或结合至少一个存储器组件,用于存储由电路用于提供该功能性的信息或可执行代码。例如,由框310至框346表示的功能性中的一些或全部功能性可由UE 302的处理器和存储器组件(例如,通过执行适当的代码和/或通过处理器组件的适当配置)实现。类似地,由框350至框388表示的功能性中的一些或全部功能性可由基站304的处理器和存储器组件(例如,通过执行适当的代码和/或通过处理器组件的适当配置)实现。而且,由框390至框398表示的功能性中的一些或全部功能性可由网络实体306的处理器和存储器组件(例如,通过执行适当的代码和/或通过处理器组件的适当配置)实现。为了简单起见,本文将各种操作、动作和/或功能描述为“由UE”、“由基站”、“由网络实体”等执行。然而,应当理解,此类操作、动作和/或功能实际上可由UE 302、基站304、网络实体306等的特定组件或组件组合(诸如处理器332、384、394、收发器310、320、350和360、存储器340、386和396、定位组件342、388和398等)来执行。The components of FIG. 3A, FIG. 3B, and FIG. 3C may be implemented in various ways. In some specific implementations, the components of FIG. 3A, FIG. 3B, and FIG. 3C may be implemented in one or more circuits (such as, for example, one or more processors and/or one or more ASICs (which may include one or more processors)). Here, each circuit may use and/or combine at least one memory component to store information or executable code used by the circuit to provide the functionality. For example, some or all of the functionality represented by blocks 310 to 346 may be implemented by the processor and memory component of UE 302 (e.g., by executing appropriate code and/or by appropriate configuration of the processor component). Similarly, some or all of the functionality represented by blocks 350 to 388 may be implemented by the processor and memory component of base station 304 (e.g., by executing appropriate code and/or by appropriate configuration of the processor component). Moreover, some or all of the functionality represented by blocks 390 to 398 may be implemented by the processor and memory component of network entity 306 (e.g., by executing appropriate code and/or by appropriate configuration of the processor component). For simplicity, various operations, actions and/or functions are described herein as being performed “by a UE,” “by a base station,” “by a network entity,” etc. However, it should be understood that such operations, actions and/or functions may actually be performed by a specific component or combination of components of the UE 302, base station 304, network entity 306, etc. (such as processors 332, 384, 394, transceivers 310, 320, 350, and 360, memories 340, 386, and 396, positioning components 342, 388, and 398, etc.).

在一些设计中,网络实体306可被实现为核心网络组件。在其他设计中,网络实体306可与网络运营商或蜂窝网络基础设施(例如,NG RAN 220和/或5GC 210/260)的操作不同。例如,网络实体306可以是专用网络的组件,该组件可被配置为经由基站304或独立于基站304(例如,通过诸如WiFi的非蜂窝通信链路)与UE 302通信。In some designs, the network entity 306 may be implemented as a core network component. In other designs, the network entity 306 may be operated differently from a network operator or cellular network infrastructure (e.g., NG RAN 220 and/or 5GC 210/260). For example, the network entity 306 may be a component of a dedicated network that may be configured to communicate with the UE 302 via the base station 304 or independently of the base station 304 (e.g., via a non-cellular communication link such as WiFi).

NR支持多种基于蜂窝网络的定位技术,包括基于下行链路的定位方法、基于上行链路的定位方法、以及基于下行链路和上行链路的定位方法。基于下行链路的定位方法包括:LTE中的观察到达时间差(OTDOA)、NR中的下行链路到达时间差(DL-TDOA)、以及NR中的下行链路出发角(DL-AoD)。图4例示了根据本公开的各方面的各种定位方法的示例。在场景410所例示的OTDOA或DL-TDOA定位规程中,UE测量从成对基站接收的参考信号(例如,定位参考信号(PRS))的到达时间(ToA)之间的差值(被称为参考信号时间差(RSTD)或到达时间差(TDOA)测量),并且将这些差值报告给定位实体。更具体地,UE在辅助数据中接收参考基站(例如,服务基站)和多个非参考基站的标识符(ID)。然后,UE测量参考基站与非参考基站中的每个非参考基站之间的RSTD。基于所涉及的基站的已知位置和RSTD测量,定位实体(例如,用于基于UE的定位的UE或用于UE辅助定位的位置服务器)可估计UE的位置。NR supports a variety of cellular network-based positioning techniques, including downlink-based positioning methods, uplink-based positioning methods, and downlink and uplink-based positioning methods. Downlink-based positioning methods include: observed time difference of arrival (OTDOA) in LTE, downlink time difference of arrival (DL-TDOA) in NR, and downlink angle of departure (DL-AoD) in NR. Figure 4 illustrates examples of various positioning methods according to various aspects of the present disclosure. In the OTDOA or DL-TDOA positioning procedure illustrated in scenario 410, the UE measures the difference between the arrival time (ToA) of the reference signal (e.g., positioning reference signal (PRS)) received from the paired base stations (referred to as reference signal time difference (RSTD) or arrival time difference (TDOA) measurement), and reports these differences to the positioning entity. More specifically, the UE receives identifiers (IDs) of a reference base station (e.g., a serving base station) and multiple non-reference base stations in the auxiliary data. Then, the UE measures the RSTD between the reference base station and each of the non-reference base stations. Based on the known positions of the involved base stations and the RSTD measurements, a positioning entity (eg, a UE for UE-based positioning or a location server for UE-assisted positioning) may estimate the position of the UE.

对于场景420所例示的DL-AoD定位,定位实体使用来自UE的关于多个下行链路发送波束的接收信号强度测量的测量报告来确定UE与发送基站之间的角度。然后,定位实体可基于所确定的角度和发送基站的已知位置来估计UE的位置。For DL-AoD positioning illustrated in scenario 420, the positioning entity uses measurement reports from the UE regarding received signal strength measurements of multiple downlink transmit beams to determine the angle between the UE and the transmitting base station. The positioning entity can then estimate the position of the UE based on the determined angle and the known position of the transmitting base station.

基于上行链路的定位方法包括上行链路到达时间差(UL-TDOA)和上行链路到达角(UL-AoA)。UL-TDOA类似于DL-TDOA,但基于由UE发送给多个基站的上行链路参考信号(例如,探测参考信号(SRS))。具体地,UE发送一个或多个上行链路参考信号,该一个或多个上行链路参考信号由参考基站和多个非参考基站测量。然后,每个基站向知晓所涉及的基站的位置和相对定时的定位实体(例如,位置服务器)报告参考信号的接收时间(被称为相对到达时间(RTOA))。基于参考基站的所报告的RTOA和每个非参考基站的所报告的RTOA之间的接收到接收(Rx-Rx)时间差、基站的已知位置以及它们的已知定时偏移,定位实体可使用TDOA来估计UE的位置。Uplink-based positioning methods include uplink time difference of arrival (UL-TDOA) and uplink angle of arrival (UL-AoA). UL-TDOA is similar to DL-TDOA, but is based on uplink reference signals (e.g., sounding reference signals (SRS)) sent by the UE to multiple base stations. Specifically, the UE sends one or more uplink reference signals, which are measured by a reference base station and multiple non-reference base stations. Each base station then reports the reception time of the reference signal (referred to as relative time of arrival (RTOA)) to a positioning entity (e.g., a location server) that knows the location and relative timing of the base stations involved. Based on the receive-to-receive (Rx-Rx) time difference between the reported RTOA of the reference base station and the reported RTOA of each non-reference base station, the known location of the base stations, and their known timing offsets, the positioning entity can use TDOA to estimate the position of the UE.

对于UL-AoA定位,一个或多个基站测量在一个或多个上行链路接收波束上从UE接收的一个或多个上行链路参考信号(例如,SRS)的接收信号强度。定位实体使用信号强度测量和接收波束的角度来确定UE和基站之间的角度。基于所确定的角度和基站的已知位置,定位实体可然后估计UE的位置。For UL-AoA positioning, one or more base stations measure the received signal strength of one or more uplink reference signals (e.g., SRS) received from the UE on one or more uplink receive beams. The positioning entity uses the signal strength measurements and the angles of the receive beams to determine the angle between the UE and the base station. Based on the determined angle and the known location of the base station, the positioning entity can then estimate the location of the UE.

基于下行链路和上行链路的定位方法包括:增强型小区ID(E-CID)定位和多往返时间(RTT)定位(也被称为“多小区RTT”和“多RTT”)。在RTT规程中,第一实体(例如,基站或UE)向第二实体(例如,UE或基站)发送第一RTT相关信号(例如,PRS或SRS),该第二实体将第二RTT相关信号(例如,SRS或PRS)发送回第一实体。每个实体测量所接收的RTT相关信号的到达时间(ToA)和所发送的RTT相关信号的发送时间之间的时间差。该时间差被称为接收到发送(Rx-Tx)时间差。可进行或可调整Rx-Tx时间差测量以仅包括所接收的信号和所发送的信号的最近时隙边界之间的时间差。然后,两个实体可将其Rx-Tx时间差测量传送给位置服务器(例如,LMF 270),该位置服务器根据这两个Rx-Tx时间差测量来计算这两个实体之间的往返传播时间(即,RTT)(例如,计算为这两个Rx-Tx时间差测量的总和)。另选地,一个实体可将其Rx-Tx时间差测量传送给另一实体,该另一实体然后计算RTT。这两个实体之间的距离可根据RTT和已知信号速度(例如,光速)来确定。对于场景430所例示的多RTT定位,第一实体(例如,UE或基站)与多个第二实体(例如,多个基站或UE)执行RTT定位规程,以使得能够基于到第二实体的距离和第二实体的已知位置(例如,使用多点定位)来确定第一实体的位置。RTT和多RTT方法可与其他定位技术(诸如,UL-AoA和DL-AoD)组合以提高位置准确度,如场景440所例示。Downlink and uplink based positioning methods include: Enhanced Cell ID (E-CID) positioning and multiple round trip time (RTT) positioning (also referred to as "multi-cell RTT" and "multi-RTT"). In the RTT procedure, a first entity (e.g., a base station or UE) sends a first RTT-related signal (e.g., a PRS or SRS) to a second entity (e.g., a UE or a base station), and the second entity sends a second RTT-related signal (e.g., an SRS or PRS) back to the first entity. Each entity measures the time difference between the arrival time (ToA) of the received RTT-related signal and the transmission time of the transmitted RTT-related signal. The time difference is called the received-to-transmit (Rx-Tx) time difference. The Rx-Tx time difference measurement can be made or adjusted to include only the time difference between the nearest time slot boundaries of the received signal and the transmitted signal. The two entities may then transmit their Rx-Tx time difference measurements to a location server (e.g., LMF 270), which calculates the round trip propagation time (i.e., RTT) between the two entities based on the two Rx-Tx time difference measurements (e.g., calculated as the sum of the two Rx-Tx time difference measurements). Alternatively, one entity may transmit its Rx-Tx time difference measurements to the other entity, which then calculates the RTT. The distance between the two entities may be determined based on the RTT and a known signal speed (e.g., the speed of light). For multi-RTT positioning illustrated in scenario 430, a first entity (e.g., a UE or a base station) performs an RTT positioning procedure with multiple second entities (e.g., multiple base stations or UEs) to enable the location of the first entity to be determined based on the distance to the second entity and the known location of the second entity (e.g., using multi-point positioning). RTT and multi-RTT methods may be combined with other positioning techniques (such as UL-AoA and DL-AoD) to improve location accuracy, as illustrated in scenario 440.

E-CID定位方法基于无线电资源管理(RRM)测量。在E-CID中,UE报告服务小区ID、定时提前(TA)、以及检测到的相邻基站的标识符、估计的定时和信号强度。然后,基于该信息和基站的已知位置来估计UE的位置。The E-CID positioning method is based on radio resource management (RRM) measurements. In E-CID, the UE reports the serving cell ID, timing advance (TA), and the identifiers of detected neighboring base stations, estimated timing and signal strength. The UE's position is then estimated based on this information and the known locations of the base stations.

为了辅助定位操作,位置服务器(例如,位置服务器230、LMF 270、SLP 272)可向UE提供辅助数据。例如,辅助数据可包括:从其测量参考信号的基站(或基站的小区/TRP)的标识符、参考信号配置参数(例如,包括PRS的连续时隙的数量、包括PRS的连续时隙的周期性、静默序列、跳频序列、参考信号标识符、参考信号带宽等)、和/或适用于特定定位方法的其他参数。另选地,辅助数据可直接源自基站自身(例如,在周期性地广播的开销消息中等)。在一些情况下,UE自身可能够检测相邻网络节点而无需使用辅助数据。To assist the positioning operation, a location server (e.g., location server 230, LMF 270, SLP 272) may provide assistance data to the UE. For example, the assistance data may include: an identifier of the base station (or cell/TRP of the base station) from which the reference signal is measured, reference signal configuration parameters (e.g., the number of consecutive time slots including PRS, the periodicity of consecutive time slots including PRS, a silent sequence, a frequency hopping sequence, a reference signal identifier, a reference signal bandwidth, etc.), and/or other parameters applicable to a particular positioning method. Alternatively, the assistance data may originate directly from the base station itself (e.g., in a periodically broadcast overhead message, etc.). In some cases, the UE itself may be able to detect neighboring network nodes without using assistance data.

在OTDOA或DL-TDOA定位规程的情况下,辅助数据还可包括预期RSTD值和围绕预期RSTD的相关联的不确定性或搜索窗口。在一些情况下,预期RSTD的值范围可以是+/-500微秒(μs)。在一些情况下,当用于定位测量的资源中的任何资源处于FR1中时,预期RSTD的不确定性的值范围可以是+/-32μs。在其他情况下,当用于定位测量的所有资源处于FR2中时,预期RSTD的不确定性的值范围可以是+/-8μs。In the case of OTDOA or DL-TDOA positioning procedures, the assistance data may also include an expected RSTD value and an associated uncertainty or search window around the expected RSTD. In some cases, the value range of the expected RSTD may be +/-500 microseconds (μs). In some cases, when any of the resources used for positioning measurements are in FR1, the value range of the uncertainty of the expected RSTD may be +/-32μs. In other cases, when all resources used for positioning measurements are in FR2, the value range of the uncertainty of the expected RSTD may be +/-8μs.

位置估计值可通过其他名称(诸如定位估计值、位置、定位、定位固定、固定等)来称呼。位置估计值可以是测地式的并且包括坐标(例如,纬度、经度和可能的海拔),或者可以是市政式的并且包括街道地址、邮政地址、或位置的某种其他口头描述。位置估计值可进一步相对于某个其他已知定位来限定或以绝对项来限定(例如,使用纬度、经度和可能的海拔)。位置估计值可包括预期误差或不确定性(例如,通过包括位置预期将以某个指定或默认的置信度包括在其内的面积或体积)。The position estimate may be referred to by other names such as position estimate, position, fix, position fix, fix, etc. The position estimate may be geodetic and include coordinates (e.g., latitude, longitude, and possibly altitude), or may be municipal and include a street address, postal address, or some other verbal description of the location. The position estimate may be further qualified relative to some other known position or qualified in absolute terms (e.g., using latitude, longitude, and possibly altitude). The position estimate may include an expected error or uncertainty (e.g., by including an area or volume within which the location is expected to be included with some specified or default confidence level).

在LTE中,以及至少在一些情形(NR)中,定位测量通过较高层信令来报告,具体而言是LTE定位协议(LPP)信令和/或RRC。LPP在位置服务器(例如,位置服务器230、LMF 270、SLP 272)与UE(例如,本文中所描述的UE中的任一者)之间点对点地使用,以使用从一个或多个参考源获得的位置相关测量来定位UE。图5是例示用于定位的示例LPP参考源的示图500。在图5的示例中,目标设备,具体地UE 504(例如,本文中所描述的UE中的任一者)参与和位置服务器530(在图5的特定示例中被标记为“LMF”)的LPP会话。UE 504还正在接收/测量来自第一参考源(具体地一个或多个基站502(其可对应于本文中所描述的基站中的任一者,并且在图5的特定示例中被标记为“gNode B”))以及第二参考源(具体地一个或多个SPS卫星520(其可对应于图1中的SV 112))的无线定位信号。In LTE, and at least in some cases (NR), positioning measurements are reported via higher layer signaling, specifically LTE Positioning Protocol (LPP) signaling and/or RRC. LPP is used point-to-point between a location server (e.g., location server 230, LMF 270, SLP 272) and a UE (e.g., any of the UEs described herein) to position the UE using location-related measurements obtained from one or more reference sources. FIG. 5 is a diagram 500 illustrating an example LPP reference source for positioning. In the example of FIG. 5 , a target device, specifically a UE 504 (e.g., any of the UEs described herein) participates in an LPP session with a location server 530 (labeled “LMF” in the specific example of FIG. 5 ). UE 504 is also receiving/measuring wireless positioning signals from a first reference source, specifically one or more base stations 502 (which may correspond to any of the base stations described herein and, in the specific example of FIG. 5 , are labeled “gNode B”), and a second reference source, specifically one or more SPS satellites 520 (which may correspond to SV 112 in FIG. 1 ).

在位置服务器530与UE 504之间使用LPP会话,以便获得位置相关测量或位置估计,或者以便传递辅助数据。单个LPP会话被用于支持单个位置请求(例如,用于单个移动终接位置请求(MT-LR)、移动始发位置请求(MO-LR)、或网络诱发位置请求(NI-LR))。在相同端点之间可使用多个LPP会话,以支持多个不同的位置请求。每个LPP会话包括一个或多个LPP事务,其中每个LPP事务执行单个操作(例如,能力交换、辅助数据传递或位置信息传递)。LPP事务被称为LPP规程。LPP会话的发动方发动第一LPP事务,但是后续事务可由任一端点发动。会话内的LPP事务可串行或并行地发生。LPP事务在LPP协议级别以事务标识符指示,以将消息(例如,请求和响应)彼此关联。事务内的消息由共用事务标识符来链接。An LPP session is used between the location server 530 and the UE 504 to obtain location-related measurements or a location estimate, or to transfer assistance data. A single LPP session is used to support a single location request (e.g., for a single mobile-terminated location request (MT-LR), a mobile-originated location request (MO-LR), or a network-induced location request (NI-LR)). Multiple LPP sessions may be used between the same endpoints to support multiple different location requests. Each LPP session includes one or more LPP transactions, where each LPP transaction performs a single operation (e.g., capability exchange, assistance data transfer, or location information transfer). LPP transactions are referred to as LPP procedures. The initiator of an LPP session initiates the first LPP transaction, but subsequent transactions may be initiated by either endpoint. LPP transactions within a session may occur serially or in parallel. LPP transactions are indicated at the LPP protocol level with a transaction identifier to associate messages (e.g., requests and responses) with each other. Messages within a transaction are linked by a common transaction identifier.

LPP定位方法和相关联的信令内容在3GPP LPP标准(3GPP技术规范(TS)36.355,其是公开可用并且通过援引整体纳入于此)中定义。LPP信令可用于请求和报告与以下定位方法相关的测量:OTDOA、DL-TDOA、辅助全球导航卫星系统(A-GNSS)、LTE E-CID、NR E-CID、传感器、地面信标系统(TBS)、WLAN、蓝牙、DL-AoD、UL-AoA和多RTT。当前,LPP测量报告可包含以下测量:(1)一个或多个ToA、TDOA、参考信号时间差(RSTD)或Rx-Tx时间差测量,(2)一个或多个AoA和/或AoD测量(当前仅用于基站向位置服务器530报告UL-AoA和DL-AoD),(3)一个或多个多径测量(每路径ToA、RSRP、AoA/AoD),(4)一个或多个运动状态(例如,行走、驾驶等)和轨迹(当前仅用于UE 504),以及(5)一个或多个报告质量指示。在本公开中,定位测量(诸如刚刚列出的示例测量,且无论定位技术如何)可被统称为定位状态信息(PSI))。The LPP positioning method and associated signaling content are defined in the 3GPP LPP standard (3GPP Technical Specification (TS) 36.355, which is publicly available and incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). LPP signaling can be used to request and report measurements related to the following positioning methods: OTDOA, DL-TDOA, Assisted Global Navigation Satellite System (A-GNSS), LTE E-CID, NR E-CID, Sensors, Terrestrial Beacon System (TBS), WLAN, Bluetooth, DL-AoD, UL-AoA, and Multi-RTT. Currently, an LPP measurement report may include the following measurements: (1) one or more ToA, TDOA, reference signal time difference (RSTD), or Rx-Tx time difference measurements, (2) one or more AoA and/or AoD measurements (currently only used for base stations to report UL-AoA and DL-AoD to location server 530), (3) one or more multipath measurements (per-path ToA, RSRP, AoA/AoD), (4) one or more motion states (e.g., walking, driving, etc.) and trajectories (currently only used for UE 504), and (5) one or more report quality indicators. In the present disclosure, positioning measurements (such as the example measurements just listed, and regardless of the positioning technology) may be collectively referred to as positioning state information (PSI)).

UE 504和/或位置服务器530可推导来自一个或多个参考源(在图5的示例中被例示为SPS卫星520和基站502)的位置信息。每个参考源可被用来使用相关联的定位技术来计算对UE 504的位置的独立估计。在图5的示例中,UE 504正在测量从基站502接收的定位信号的特性(例如,ToA、RSRP、RSTD等),以使用一种或多种依赖于RAT(也称为“基于RAN”)的定位方法(例如,多RTT、OTDOA、DL-TDOA、DL-AoD、E-CID等,如上文关于图4所描述的)来计算或辅助位置服务器530计算对UE 504的位置的估计。类似地,UE 504正在测量从SPS卫星520接收的GNSS信号的特性(例如,ToA),以根据所测量的SPS卫星520的数量在二维或三维中对其位置进行三角测量。在一些情况下,UE 504或位置服务器530可组合根据不同的定位技术中的每一者推导出的位置解决方案,以提高最终位置估计的准确度。UE 504 and/or location server 530 may derive location information from one or more reference sources (illustrated as SPS satellites 520 and base stations 502 in the example of FIG. 5 ). Each reference source may be used to calculate an independent estimate of the location of UE 504 using an associated positioning technique. In the example of FIG. 5 , UE 504 is measuring characteristics (e.g., ToA, RSRP, RSTD, etc.) of positioning signals received from base station 502 to calculate or assist location server 530 in calculating an estimate of the location of UE 504 using one or more RAT-dependent (also referred to as “RAN-based”) positioning methods (e.g., multi-RTT, OTDOA, DL-TDOA, DL-AoD, E-CID, etc., as described above with respect to FIG. 4 ). Similarly, UE 504 is measuring characteristics (e.g., ToA) of GNSS signals received from SPS satellites 520 to triangulate its location in two or three dimensions based on the number of SPS satellites 520 measured. In some cases, UE 504 or location server 530 may combine location solutions derived from each of the different positioning techniques to improve the accuracy of the final location estimate.

如以上所指出的,UE 504使用LPP来报告从不同的参考源(例如,基站502、蓝牙信标、SPS卫星520、WLAN接入点、运动传感器等)获得的位置相关测量。作为示例,对于基于GNSS的定位,UE 504使用LPP信息元素(IE)“A-GNSS-ProvideLocationInformation”来向位置服务器530提供位置测量(例如,伪距、位置估计、速度等)连同时间信息。其还可被用来提供GNSS定位特定的误差原因。“A-GNSS-ProvideLocationInformation”IE包括诸如“GNSS-SignalMeasurementInformation”、“GNSS-LocationInformation”、“GNSS-MeasurementList”和“GNSS-Error”的IE。当UE 504向位置服务器530提供使用GNSS或混合GNSS和其他测量推导出的位置以及(可选地)速度信息时,该UE包括“GNSS-LocationInformation”IE。UE 504使用“GNSS-SignalMeasurementInformation”IE向位置服务器530提供GNSS信号测量信息,并且提供GNSS网络时间关联(如果位置服务器530请求的话)。该信息包括对码相位、多普勒、C/No、以及(可选地)经累积载波相位(也被称为经累积Δ范围(ADR))的测量,其实现UE辅助式GNSS方法,其中位置是在位置服务器530中计算的。UE 504使用“GNSS-MeasurementList”IE提供对码相位、多普勒、C/No、以及(可选地)经累积载波相位(或ADR)的测量。As noted above, the UE 504 uses LPP to report location-related measurements obtained from different reference sources (e.g., base stations 502, Bluetooth beacons, SPS satellites 520, WLAN access points, motion sensors, etc.). As an example, for GNSS-based positioning, the UE 504 uses the LPP information element (IE) "A-GNSS-ProvideLocationInformation" to provide location measurements (e.g., pseudoranges, position estimates, velocity, etc.) together with time information to the location server 530. It can also be used to provide GNSS positioning specific error reasons. The "A-GNSS-ProvideLocationInformation" IE includes IEs such as "GNSS-SignalMeasurementInformation", "GNSS-LocationInformation", "GNSS-MeasurementList", and "GNSS-Error". When the UE 504 provides the location server 530 with a location derived using GNSS or hybrid GNSS and other measurements and (optionally) velocity information, the UE includes the "GNSS-LocationInformation" IE. The UE 504 provides GNSS signal measurement information to the location server 530 using the "GNSS-SignalMeasurementInformation" IE, and provides the GNSS network time association if requested by the location server 530. This information includes measurements of code phase, Doppler, C/No, and (optionally) accumulated carrier phase (also known as accumulated delta range (ADR)), which implements the UE-assisted GNSS method, in which the position is calculated in the location server 530. The UE 504 provides measurements of code phase, Doppler, C/No, and (optionally) accumulated carrier phase (or ADR) using the "GNSS-MeasurementList" IE.

作为另一示例,对于基于运动传感器的定位,当前支持的定位方法使用气压传感器和运动传感器,如在3GPP TS 36.305(其是公众可获得的并通过援引全部纳入于此)中描述的。UE 504使用LPP IE“Sensor-ProvideLocationInformation”向位置服务器530提供用于基于传感器的方法的位置信息。其还可被用来提供传感器特定的误差原因。UE 504使用“Sensor-MeasurementInformation”IE向位置服务器530提供传感器测量(例如,气压读数)。UE 504使用“Sensor-MotionInformation”向位置服务器530提供移动信息。移动信息可包括经排序的一系列点。该信息可由UE 504使用一个或多个运动传感器(例如,加速度计、气压计、磁力计等)来获得。As another example, for motion sensor based positioning, currently supported positioning methods use a barometric pressure sensor and a motion sensor, as described in 3GPP TS 36.305 (which is publicly available and incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). The UE 504 provides location information for sensor based methods to the location server 530 using the LPP IE "Sensor-ProvideLocationInformation". It can also be used to provide sensor specific error reasons. The UE 504 provides sensor measurements (e.g., barometric pressure readings) to the location server 530 using the "Sensor-MeasurementInformation" IE. The UE 504 provides motion information to the location server 530 using "Sensor-MotionInformation". The motion information may include an ordered series of points. This information may be obtained by the UE 504 using one or more motion sensors (e.g., accelerometers, barometers, magnetometers, etc.).

作为又一示例,对于基于蓝牙的定位,UE 504使用“BT-ProvideLocationInformation”IE向位置服务器530提供对一个或多个蓝牙信标的测量。该IE还可被用来提供蓝牙定位特定的误差原因。As yet another example, for Bluetooth-based positioning, the UE 504 uses the "BT-ProvideLocationInformation" IE to provide measurements of one or more Bluetooth beacons to the location server 530. This IE can also be used to provide Bluetooth positioning specific error reasons.

网络运营商可被强制交叉检查由UE报告的UE位置,以便满足关于网络验证的UE位置的监管要求(例如,合法拦截、紧急呼叫、公共警告系统等)。即,网络运营商应当能够通过例如在网络侧估计UE的位置来检查UE的报告位置信息,并且指定是否需要机制来满足监管要求。当前,为了确定网络验证的UE位置,具有NTN能力的UE可报告其全球导航卫星系统(GNSS)位置(因为具有NTN能力的UE需要具有GNSS),并且网络(例如,位置服务器)可通过NTN定位技术来验证或细化UE的GNSS报告。The network operator may be forced to cross-check the UE location reported by the UE in order to meet regulatory requirements regarding network-verified UE location (e.g., lawful interception, emergency calls, public warning systems, etc.). That is, the network operator should be able to check the UE's reported location information by, for example, estimating the UE's location on the network side, and specify whether a mechanism is needed to meet regulatory requirements. Currently, in order to determine the network-verified UE location, an NTN-capable UE may report its Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) location (because an NTN-capable UE needs to have GNSS), and the network (e.g., a location server) may verify or refine the UE's GNSS report through NTN positioning technology.

更详细地,5G NR系统正在得到增强以支持具有卫星接入的5GC的服务要求。当前,当UE正在使用NR卫星接入时,为了确保满足监管要求,网络将基于UE位置信息来验证由UE选择的公共陆地移动网络(PLMN)是否被允许在UE位置的国家中操作。附加地,广播跟踪区域标识符(TAI)以及UE在地理上所位于的TAI(如果已知的话)应当作为用户位置信息(ULI)的一部分由NG-RAN提供给AMF。使用UE生成的位置信息(例如,GNSS)来确定UE在地理上所位于的TAI可能是准确的,但可能是不可靠的。In more detail, the 5G NR system is being enhanced to support the service requirements of 5GC with satellite access. Currently, when the UE is using NR satellite access, in order to ensure that regulatory requirements are met, the network will verify whether the public land mobile network (PLMN) selected by the UE is allowed to operate in the country of the UE location based on the UE location information. Additionally, the broadcast tracking area identifier (TAI) and the TAI where the UE is geographically located (if known) should be provided to the AMF by the NG-RAN as part of the user location information (ULI). Using UE-generated location information (e.g., GNSS) to determine the TAI where the UE is geographically located may be accurate, but may be unreliable.

当UE经由卫星接入来接入5G时,具有监管要求的一些服务(诸如紧急呼叫服务和合法截取)需要可信/可靠的方法来以足够的准确度确定UE位置。仅依赖于UE生成的位置信息的任何方法可能不可靠,除非由UE提供的信息可以由网络验证。然而,仍然存在需要解决的各种问题。例如,还没有确定可表示将满足NR卫星接入中所要求的准确度的UE位置的位置信息种类。作为另一示例,在RAN协作场景中,对于由网络针对监管服务进行的位置验证的可靠性,还没有确定5GC LCS如何能够确保UE位置的网络验证是利用可靠的方法(该可靠的方法不仅仅依赖于UE生成的位置信息)来执行的,并且这种UE位置的网络验证的结果满足前述要求。作为另一示例,同样对于RAN协作场景,还没有确定现有核心网络验证机制是否需要增强和调节。作为又一示例,还没有确定如何进一步增强LCS以验证位置服务相关要求。When a UE accesses 5G via satellite access, some services with regulatory requirements (such as emergency call services and lawful interception) require a trusted/reliable method to determine the UE location with sufficient accuracy. Any method that relies solely on location information generated by the UE may be unreliable unless the information provided by the UE can be verified by the network. However, there are still various problems that need to be solved. For example, it has not yet been determined what kind of location information can represent the UE location that will meet the accuracy required in NR satellite access. As another example, in a RAN collaboration scenario, for the reliability of location verification performed by the network for regulatory services, it has not yet been determined how the 5GC LCS can ensure that the network verification of the UE location is performed using a reliable method (which does not rely solely on the location information generated by the UE), and that the result of such network verification of the UE location meets the aforementioned requirements. As another example, also for the RAN collaboration scenario, it has not yet been determined whether the existing core network verification mechanism needs to be enhanced and adjusted. As yet another example, it has not yet been determined how to further enhance the LCS to verify location service related requirements.

图6例示了根据本公开的各方面的用于非漫游场景的监管位置服务的PLMN外部的LCS客户端的一般网络定位的规程600。在这种场景中,假设使用订阅永久标识符(SUPI)、通用公共订阅标识符(GPSI)、永久装备标识符(PEI)等来标识目标UE 204。规程600适用于来自LCS客户端(外部位置服务客户端630)的对目标UE 204的当前位置的请求,并且假设LCS客户端被授权使用位置服务并且不需要隐私验证。规程600在3GPP TS 23.273中被定义,其公开可用并且通过引用整体并入本文。FIG. 6 illustrates a procedure 600 for general network positioning of an LCS client outside a PLMN that regulates location services for a non-roaming scenario according to aspects of the present disclosure. In this scenario, it is assumed that a Subscription Permanent Identifier (SUPI), a General Public Subscription Identifier (GPSI), a Permanent Equipment Identifier (PEI), etc. is used to identify the target UE 204. The procedure 600 is applicable to a request for the current location of the target UE 204 from an LCS client (external location service client 630), and it is assumed that the LCS client is authorized to use location services and does not require privacy verification. The procedure 600 is defined in 3GPP TS 23.273, which is publicly available and incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

在阶段1处,外部位置服务客户端630向网关移动位置中心(GMLC)610传送对由GPSI或SUSI标识的目标UE 204的位置的请求。该请求可包括所要求的QoS和所支持的地理区域描述(GAD)形状。如果要求多于一个UE的位置,则下面跟随的步骤可重复,并且在这种情况下,GMLC 610可验证LCS服务请求中的目标UE 204的数量是否等于或小于LCS客户端的最大目标UE数量。如果超过最大目标UE数量,则GMLC 610拒绝LCS请求,阶段2至10跳过,然后在阶段11中GMLC 610以适当的错误原因响应客户端。At stage 1, the external location service client 630 transmits a request for the location of the target UE 204 identified by the GPSI or SUSI to the Gateway Mobile Location Center (GMLC) 610. The request may include the required QoS and the supported Geographic Area Description (GAD) shape. If the location of more than one UE is required, the steps that follow below may be repeated, and in this case, the GMLC 610 may verify whether the number of target UEs 204 in the LCS service request is equal to or less than the maximum number of target UEs for the LCS client. If the maximum number of target UEs is exceeded, the GMLC 610 rejects the LCS request, stages 2 to 10 are skipped, and then in stage 11 the GMLC 610 responds to the client with an appropriate error reason.

在阶段2处,GMLC 610向目标UE 204的归属统一数据管理(UDM)620调用“Nudm_UECM_Get”服务操作以利用该UE 204的GPSI或SUPI来定位。At stage 2, the GMLC 610 invokes a “Nudm_UECM_Get” service operation to the home unified data management (UDM) 620 of the target UE 204 to locate using the GPSI or SUPI of the UE 204.

在阶段3处,UDM 620返回当前服务AMF 264的网络地址。需注意,为了后向兼容性,GMLC 610可使用“Nudm_SDM_Get”服务操作来从较早代的UDM 620检索目标UE 204的SUPI。At stage 3, the UDM 620 returns the network address of the current serving AMF 264. Note that for backward compatibility, the GMLC 610 may use the "Nudm_SDM_Get" service operation to retrieve the SUPI of the target UE 204 from an earlier generation of the UDM 620.

在阶段4处,GMLC 610向AMF 264调用“Namf_Location_ProvidePositioningInfo”服务操作以请求UE 204的当前位置。服务操作包括SUPI,和客户端类型,并且可包括所要求的QoS和所支持的GAD形状。At stage 4, the GMLC 610 calls the "Namf_Location_ProvidePositioningInfo" service operation to the AMF 264 to request the current location of the UE 204. The service operation includes the SUPI, and the client type, and may include the required QoS and supported GAD shapes.

在阶段5处,如果UE 204处于CM IDLE状态,则AMF 264发起网络触发的服务请求规程,以建立与UE 204的信令连接。At stage 5, if the UE 204 is in the CM IDLE state, the AMF 264 initiates a network-triggered service request procedure to establish a signaling connection with the UE 204.

在阶段6处,AMF 264基于可用信息或基于AMF 264本地配置来选择LMF 270。LMF270选择将当前服务于UE 204的5G接入网络纳入考虑。该选择可使用网络储存库功能(NRF)查询。需注意,LMF 270是支持至少以下功能的5GC中的网络实体:(1)支持对UE 204的位置确定,(2)从UE 204获得下行链路位置测量或位置估计,(3)从NG-RAN 220获得上行链路位置测量,(4)从NG-RAN 220获得非UE相关联的辅助数据,以及(5)向UE提供广播辅助数据并向AMF 264转发相关联的加密密钥。At stage 6, AMF 264 selects LMF 270 based on available information or based on AMF 264 local configuration. LMF 270 selects to take into account the 5G access network currently serving UE 204. This selection may be queried using a network repository function (NRF). Note that LMF 270 is a network entity in 5GC that supports at least the following functions: (1) supporting location determination for UE 204, (2) obtaining downlink location measurements or location estimates from UE 204, (3) obtaining uplink location measurements from NG-RAN 220, (4) obtaining non-UE associated assistance data from NG-RAN 220, and (5) providing broadcast assistance data to the UE and forwarding associated encryption keys to AMF 264.

在阶段7处,AMF 264向LMF 270调用“Nlmf_Location_DetermineLocation”服务操作以请求UE 204的当前位置。服务操作包括LCS相关标识符、主RAN节点中的主小区和辅RAN节点中的主小区的服务小区标识(当基于双连接场景可用时),和客户端类型,并且可包括UE 204是否支持LPP、所要求的QoS、UE定位能力(如果可用的话)和所支持的GAD形状的指示。在一些情况下,服务操作包括AMF身份。At stage 7, the AMF 264 invokes the "Nlmf_Location_DetermineLocation" service operation to the LMF 270 to request the current location of the UE 204. The service operation includes the LCS related identifier, the serving cell identity of the primary cell in the primary RAN node and the primary cell in the secondary RAN node (when available based on the dual connectivity scenario), and the client type, and may include an indication of whether the UE 204 supports LPP, the required QoS, the UE positioning capability (if available), and the supported GAD shapes. In some cases, the service operation includes the AMF identity.

在阶段8处,LMF 270与UE 204执行一个或多个基于LPP的定位规程,诸如以上参考图4所描述的。在该阶段期间,LMF 270可使用“Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer”服务操作来请求定位相关N1消息到UE 204的传递或者网络定位消息到UE 204的服务NG-RAN节点(gNB或NG-eNB)的传递。LMF 270确定地理位置并且可选地确定本地坐标中的位置。At stage 8, the LMF 270 performs one or more LPP-based positioning procedures with the UE 204, such as described above with reference to FIG4. During this stage, the LMF 270 may use the "Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer" service operation to request the delivery of positioning-related N1 messages to the UE 204 or the delivery of network positioning messages to the serving NG-RAN node (gNB or NG-eNB) of the UE 204. The LMF 270 determines the geographic location and optionally determines the location in local coordinates.

在阶段9处,LMF 270向AMF 264返回“Nlmf_位置_DetermineLocation”响应以返回UE 204的当前位置和UE定位能力(如果在阶段8中接收到UE定位能力的话),包括这些能力是不可变的并且不是在阶段7中从AMF 264接收到的指示。服务操作包括LCS相关标识符、位置估计、其龄期和准确度,并且可包括关于定位方法的信息和位置估计的时间戳。At stage 9, LMF 270 returns a "Nlmf_location_DetermineLocation" response to AMF 264 to return the current location of UE 204 and UE positioning capabilities (if UE positioning capabilities were received in stage 8), including an indication that these capabilities are immutable and were not received from AMF 264 in stage 7. The service operation includes an LCS-related identifier, the location estimate, its age and accuracy, and may include information about the positioning method and a timestamp for the location estimate.

在阶段10处,AMF 264向GMLC 610返回“Namf_Location_ProvidePositioningInfo”响应以返回UE 204的当前位置。服务操作包括位置估计、其龄期和准确度,并且可包括关于定位方法的信息和位置估计的时间戳。当从LMF 270接收时,AMF264将UE定位能力存储在UE上下文中。At stage 10, the AMF 264 returns a "Namf_Location_ProvidePositioningInfo" response to the GMLC 610 to return the current location of the UE 204. The service operation includes the location estimate, its age and accuracy, and may include information about the positioning method and a timestamp of the location estimate. When received from the LMF 270, the AMF 264 stores the UE positioning capabilities in the UE context.

在阶段11处,GMLC 610向外部位置服务客户端630传送位置服务响应。At stage 11 , the GMLC 610 transmits a location service response to the external location service client 630 .

由LMF 270提供给其他网络功能(NF)的业务中的一个业务是“Nlmf_Location”服务。“Nlmf_Location”服务使得NF能够请求目标UE的位置确定(当前测地的和可选地本地和/或市政位置),诸如在图6的阶段7处,或者请求目标UE的周期性的或触发的位置。为“Nlmf_Location”服务定义的服务操作如下:(1)“DetermineLocation”,其向消费者NF提供UE位置信息;(2)“EventNotify”,其向消费者NF通知用于目标UE的周期性的或触发的位置的事件;(3)“CancelLocation”,其使得消费者NF能够取消正在进行的目标UE的周期性或触发的位置;以及(4)“LocationContextTransfer”,其使得消费者NF能够向新LMF传递用于目标UE的周期性的或触发的位置的位置上下文信息。One of the services provided by the LMF 270 to other network functions (NFs) is the "Nlmf_Location" service. The "Nlmf_Location" service enables the NF to request a location determination (current geodetic and optionally local and/or civic location) of a target UE, such as at stage 7 of Figure 6, or to request a periodic or triggered location of a target UE. The service operations defined for the "Nlmf_Location" service are as follows: (1) "DetermineLocation", which provides UE location information to the consumer NF; (2) "EventNotify", which notifies the consumer NF of an event for a periodic or triggered location of a target UE; (3) "CancelLocation", which enables the consumer NF to cancel an ongoing periodic or triggered location of a target UE; and (4) "LocationContextTransfer", which enables the consumer NF to transfer location context information for a periodic or triggered location of a target UE to a new LMF.

“DetermineLocation”包括输入数据,诸如相关ID、AMF ID、位置QoS和使用(其指示位置测量的使用)。存在“ueCountryDetInd”的卫星特定输入。当该布尔输入参数存在时,其包含确定UE所位于的国家或国际区域指示的指示。对使用输入参数的枚举表示来自UE的位置测量的使用类型。其可指示结果为:(1)不成功,(2)成功但未使用,(3)成功且用于验证位置估计,(4)成功且用于生成位置估计,(5)或未确定的成功方法。"DetermineLocation" includes input data such as Correlation ID, AMF ID, Location QoS, and Usage (which indicates the use of location measurements). There is a satellite specific input for "ueCountryDetInd". When this Boolean input parameter is present, it contains an indication of the country or international region indication in which the UE is located. The enumeration of the Usage input parameter indicates the type of use of location measurements from the UE. It can indicate the result is: (1) unsuccessful, (2) successful but not used, (3) successful and used to verify the location estimate, (4) successful and used to generate the location estimate, (5) or undetermined success method.

图7是例示根据本公开的各方面的基于所获得的信息的UE提供的位置验证的示图700。FIG. 7 is a diagram 700 illustrating UE-provided location verification based on obtained information according to aspects of the present disclosure.

在阶段1处,UE 204经由卫星接入通过NR-Uu接口向NG-RAN 220传送UE位置信息(例如,GNSS信息)。At stage 1, UE 204 transmits UE location information (eg, GNSS information) to NG-RAN 220 over the NR-Uu interface via satellite access.

在阶段2处,如果NG-RAN 220可验证UE位置,则其验证所报告的UE位置。NG-RAN220是否可以验证UE位置以及如何验证UE位置取决于网络验证的UE位置目标的结论。At stage 2, if the NG-RAN 220 can verify the UE location, it verifies the reported UE location. Whether and how the NG-RAN 220 can verify the UE location depends on the conclusion of the network verified UE location target.

在阶段3处,如果阶段2被执行,则NG-RAN 220向AMF 264传送包括辅助信息的N2消息。At stage 3, if stage 2 is performed, the NG-RAN 220 transmits an N2 message including assistance information to the AMF 264.

在阶段4处,如果由NG-RAN 220提供的辅助信息指示UE位置不可靠,并且UE报告的位置的国家与网络验证的UE位置的国家相同,并且存在一个或多个NF 710订阅了UE位置事件报告,则AMF 264触发5GC网络发起的位置请求(NI-LR)规程以获得UE位置。At stage 4, if the assistance information provided by the NG-RAN 220 indicates that the UE location is unreliable, and the country of the UE reported location is the same as the country of the UE location verified by the network, and there are one or more NF 710 subscribed to UE location event reporting, the AMF 264 triggers the 5GC Network Initiated Location Request (NI-LR) procedure to obtain the UE location.

在阶段5处,如果阶段4被执行,则AMF 264向NF 710通知UE位置。At stage 5, if stage 4 is performed, AMF 264 notifies NF 710 of the UE location.

在阶段6处,如果由NG-RAN 220提供的辅助信息指示UE位置不可靠并且UE报告的位置的国家不同于网络验证的UE位置的国家,则AMF 264注销UE 204。At stage 6, the AMF 264 deregisters the UE 204 if the assistance information provided by the NG-RAN 220 indicates that the UE location is unreliable and the country of the UE reported location is different from the country of the UE location verified by the network.

由图7中例示的规程引起的对服务、实体和接口的影响包括以下。对于AMF 264,AMF 264从NG-RAN 220接收辅助信息并相应地行动。对于NG-RAN 220,NG-RAN 220验证由UE204报告的UE位置并且向AMF 264提供辅助信息。需注意,NG-RAN 220是否可提供辅助信息以及可提供什么辅助信息取决于网络验证的UE位置目标的结论。The impact on services, entities and interfaces caused by the procedure illustrated in Figure 7 include the following. For AMF 264, AMF 264 receives assistance information from NG-RAN 220 and acts accordingly. For NG-RAN 220, NG-RAN 220 verifies the UE location reported by UE 204 and provides assistance information to AMF 264. It should be noted that whether NG-RAN 220 can provide assistance information and what assistance information can be provided depends on the conclusion of the UE location target verified by the network.

本公开提供了用于UE位置的网络验证的技术。提出了关于位置验证服务的信号流的不同选项。基于哪个网络节点执行验证,可存在三种另选方案:(1)AMF验证UE位置,(2)LMF验证UE位置,或(3)RAN节点验证UE位置。The present disclosure provides techniques for network verification of UE location. Different options for signal flow of location verification service are proposed. Based on which network node performs the verification, there may be three alternatives: (1) AMF verifies UE location, (2) LMF verifies UE location, or (3) RAN node verifies UE location.

图8例示了根据本公开的各方面的AMF验证的UE位置的示例规程800。当AMF 264接收到对UE 204的位置的请求时,诸如在图6的阶段4处,可执行图8中例示的规程800。8 illustrates an example procedure 800 for AMF-verified UE location according to aspects of the present disclosure. When the AMF 264 receives a request for the location of the UE 204, such as at stage 4 of FIG. 6, the procedure 800 illustrated in FIG. 8 may be performed.

在阶段1处,AMF 264向LMF 270调用“Nlmf_Location_DetermineLocation”服务操作以请求UE 204的当前位置,如图6的阶段7处那样。At stage 1, the AMF 264 calls the "Nlmf_Location_DetermineLocation" service operation to the LMF 270 to request the current location of the UE 204, as at stage 7 of Figure 6.

在阶段2处,LMF 270经由LPP信令获得UE 204的位置。该位置可使用依赖于RAT(基于RAN)的定位方法(诸如以上参考图4描述的定位方法中的一种定位方法)或独立于RAT的定位方法(诸如基于GNSS的定位方法)来获得。At stage 2, LMF 270 obtains the location of UE 204 via LPP signaling. The location may be obtained using a RAT-dependent (RAN-based) positioning method, such as one of the positioning methods described above with reference to FIG. 4 , or a RAT-independent positioning method, such as a GNSS-based positioning method.

在阶段3处,LMF 270向AMF 264返回“Nlmf_Location_DetermineLocation”响应(如图6的阶段9处那样)以返回UE 204的当前位置。此外,可在响应中包括附加标志以指示UE位置是“未验证的”,或者另选地,如果该响应指示某种特定的定位方法(例如,GNSS或任何其他不依赖于RAT的方法),则AMF 264可将该位置视为“未验证的”。At stage 3, LMF 270 returns a "Nlmf_Location_DetermineLocation" response to AMF 264 (as at stage 9 of FIG. 6) to return the current location of UE 204. In addition, an additional flag may be included in the response to indicate that the UE location is "unverified", or alternatively, if the response indicates a particular positioning method (e.g., GNSS or any other RAT-independent method), AMF 264 may treat the location as "unverified".

在阶段4处,AMF 264向服务该UE的NG-RAN 220传送验证该UE位置的请求,表示为例如“NGAP_VerifyUELocationRequest”。需注意,下一代应用协议(NGAP)是在AMF 264与NG-RAN 220之间使用的协议。At stage 4, the AMF 264 transmits a request to verify the UE location to the NG-RAN 220 serving the UE, represented as, for example, “NGAP_VerifyUELocationRequest.” Note that the Next Generation Application Protocol (NGAP) is a protocol used between the AMF 264 and the NG-RAN 220.

在阶段5处,NG-RAN 220(例如,NG-RAN 220中的卫星)与UE 204执行依赖于RAT的定位规程。依赖于RAT的定位规程可采用使用单个NG-RAN节点的定位方法,诸如RTT、RSRP、AoA、AoD等。At stage 5, the NG-RAN 220 (e.g., a satellite in the NG-RAN 220) performs a RAT-dependent positioning procedure with the UE 204. The RAT-dependent positioning procedure may employ a positioning method using a single NG-RAN node, such as RTT, RSRP, AoA, AoD, etc.

在阶段6处,NG-RAN 220用UE 204的验证的位置来响应AMF 264。该响应可表示为例如“NGAP_VerifyUELocationResponse”。该响应可包括辅助信息,诸如定位方法的类型和/或相关测量(例如,UE Rx-Tx时间差、gNB Rx-Tx时间差、RSRP、AoA AoD等)。At stage 6, the NG-RAN 220 responds to the AMF 264 with the verified location of the UE 204. The response may be denoted, for example, as "NGAP_VerifyUELocationResponse". The response may include assistance information, such as the type of positioning method and/or related measurements (e.g., UE Rx-Tx time difference, gNB Rx-Tx time difference, RSRP, AoA AoD, etc.).

在阶段7处,AMF 264可通过向LMF 270调用另一“Nlmf_Location_DetermineLocation”服务操作(如图6的阶段7处那样)来请求LMF 270执行位置验证。该请求可指示该请求是针对UE位置验证的。At stage 7, AMF 264 may request LMF 270 to perform location verification by calling another "Nlmf_Location_DetermineLocation" service operation (as at stage 7 of Figure 6) to LMF 270. The request may indicate that the request is for UE location verification.

在阶段8处,LMF 270发起与UE 204的LPP会话以用于依赖于RAT的定位规程,如在图6的阶段8处那样。该定位规程可涉及多个NG-RAN节点(如果可用的话),并且因此可不同于阶段5处执行的LPP定位规程(例如,多RTT、DL-TDOA、UL-TDOA等)。At stage 8, LMF 270 initiates an LPP session with UE 204 for a RAT-dependent positioning procedure, as at stage 8 of Figure 6. This positioning procedure may involve multiple NG-RAN nodes (if available) and thus may be different from the LPP positioning procedure performed at stage 5 (e.g., multi-RTT, DL-TDOA, UL-TDOA, etc.).

在阶段9处,LMF 270用UE位置来响应AMF 264,如图6的阶段9处那样。该响应可包括指示该位置是“可信的”或“验证的”的标志。另选地,AMF 264可假设该位置信息是基于定位方法(例如,依赖于RAT的方法)可信的/验证的。该响应可包括辅助信息,诸如定位方法的类型和/或相关测量(例如,UE Rx-Tx时间差、gNB Rx-Tx时间差、RSTD、RSRP等)。At stage 9, the LMF 270 responds to the AMF 264 with the UE location, as at stage 9 of FIG. 6 . The response may include a flag indicating that the location is “trusted” or “verified.” Alternatively, the AMF 264 may assume that the location information is trusted/verified based on the positioning method (e.g., a RAT-dependent method). The response may include assistance information, such as the type of positioning method and/or related measurements (e.g., UE Rx-Tx time difference, gNB Rx-Tx time difference, RSTD, RSRP, etc.).

在阶段10处,基于来自NG-RAN 220的响应(阶段6)和LMF 270的响应(阶段9),AMF264确定UE位置是否被验证。如果是,则AMF 264用UE 204的位置来响应请求实体,如图6的阶段10处那样。At stage 10, based on the response from NG-RAN 220 (stage 6) and the response from LMF 270 (stage 9), AMF 264 determines whether the UE location is verified. If so, AMF 264 responds to the requesting entity with the location of UE 204, as at stage 10 of Figure 6.

图9例示了根据本公开的各方面的LMF验证的UE位置的示例规程900。FIG. 9 illustrates an example procedure 900 for LMF verified UE location in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure.

在阶段1处,LMF 270从AMF 264接收对验证的UE位置的请求。该请求可包括要验证的UE位置或者指示LMF 270应当返回验证的UE位置的标志。该请求可表示为例如“Nlmf_Location_VerifyLocationRequest”等。At stage 1, LMF 270 receives a request for verified UE location from AMF 264. The request may include the UE location to be verified or a flag indicating that LMF 270 should return a verified UE location. The request may be represented, for example, as "Nlmf_Location_VerifyLocationRequest" or the like.

在阶段2处,LMF 270发起与UE 204的LPP会话以获得UE 204的位置。作为响应,UE204提供其位置,该位置可基于不依赖于RAT的定位方法,并且因此不被认为是验证的。在一些情况下,即使该位置是基于依赖于RAT的定位方法,该位置也可被视为是未验证的。At stage 2, LMF 270 initiates an LPP session with UE 204 to obtain the location of UE 204. In response, UE 204 provides its location, which may be based on a positioning method that does not rely on RAT and is therefore not considered verified. In some cases, even if the location is based on a positioning method that relies on RAT, the location may be considered unverified.

在阶段3处,LMF 270发起与UE 204的后续LPP会话以获得UE 204的验证的位置。该定位规程应当使用依赖于RAT的定位规程,并且可涉及一个或多个NG-RAN节点(地面的和/或基于卫星的)。该定位规程可以是UE辅助的(即,UE 204提供定位测量并且LMF 270根据该测量和其他信息(诸如测量的基站的位置)来确定UE 204的位置)或基于UE的(即,UE基于从LMF 270和/或所涉及的基站接收到的辅助数据来提供其所确定的位置)。At stage 3, LMF 270 initiates a subsequent LPP session with UE 204 to obtain a verified location of UE 204. The positioning procedure should use a RAT-dependent positioning procedure and may involve one or more NG-RAN nodes (terrestrial and/or satellite-based). The positioning procedure may be UE-assisted (i.e., UE 204 provides positioning measurements and LMF 270 determines the location of UE 204 based on the measurements and other information (such as the locations of the measured base stations)) or UE-based (i.e., the UE provides its determined location based on assistance data received from LMF 270 and/or the base stations involved).

在阶段4处,如果阶段1处的请求包括UE位置,则LMF 270响应AMF 264,指示该UE位置是否已被验证。如果阶段1处的请求是针对验证的位置的,则LMF 270提供验证的UE位置。该响应可表示为例如“Nlmf_Location_VerifyLocationResponse”等。At stage 4, if the request at stage 1 included the UE location, LMF 270 responds to AMF 264 indicating whether the UE location has been verified. If the request at stage 1 is for a verified location, LMF 270 provides the verified UE location. The response may be represented, for example, as "Nlmf_Location_VerifyLocationResponse" or the like.

图10例示了根据本公开的各方面的LMF验证的UE位置的示例规程1000的进一步细节。在一些情况下,任何网络功能(NF)节点1010可向LMF 270请求UE 204的验证的位置。在NF节点1010是AMF 264的情况下,规程1000可对应于图9的阶段1和4。10 illustrates further details of an example procedure 1000 for LMF verified UE location according to aspects of the present disclosure. In some cases, any network function (NF) node 1010 may request the verified location of UE 204 from LMF 270. In the case where NF node 1010 is AMF 264, procedure 1000 may correspond to stages 1 and 4 of FIG. 9 .

为了支持这种规程,可添加新的LCS服务,其表示为例如“Verify-Location”。该Verify-Location请求可包括(但不限于)以下字段:(1)UE ID(例如,SUPI、PEI、GPSI),(2)预期UE所位于的区域指示(例如,国家ID或州ID),(3)一个或多个准确度参数(例如,高达五千米水平距离准确度、忽略高度估计误差等),和/或(4)LMF 270应在其内提供响应的定时器(失败将导致超时)。如果该请求仅仅是验证所获得的UE位置,则该请求还可包括要验证的UE位置。To support such a procedure, a new LCS service may be added, denoted, for example, "Verify-Location". The Verify-Location request may include (but is not limited to) the following fields: (1) UE ID (e.g., SUPI, PEI, GPSI), (2) an indication of the region where the UE is expected to be located (e.g., country ID or state ID), (3) one or more accuracy parameters (e.g., up to five kilometers of horizontal distance accuracy, ignoring altitude estimation errors, etc.), and/or (4) a timer within which the LMF 270 should provide a response (failure will result in a timeout). If the request is simply to verify the obtained UE location, the request may also include the UE location to be verified.

对Verify-Location请求的响应可表示为例如“Verify-Location-Response”。以下字段可存在于响应消息中:(1)LocationVerified(具有“0”或“1”的布尔值),(2)QoS,(3)错误原因,(4)使用了哪种定位方法来验证UE位置(例如,GNSS加DL-TDOA),(5)验证位置所花费的时间,和/或(6)置信度值/概率指示。可在响应中指示的错误原因可包括(1)被拒绝定位,(2)UE不支持,(3)定位失败和/或(4)请求超时。如果该请求是针对实际UE位置的,则该响应还可包括验证的UE位置。A response to a Verify-Location request may be represented, for example, as "Verify-Location-Response". The following fields may be present in the response message: (1) LocationVerified (with a Boolean value of "0" or "1"), (2) QoS, (3) Error reason, (4) Which positioning method was used to verify the UE location (e.g., GNSS plus DL-TDOA), (5) Time taken to verify the location, and/or (6) Confidence value/probability indication. Error reasons that may be indicated in the response may include (1) rejected positioning, (2) UE not supported, (3) positioning failed and/or (4) request timed out. If the request is for the actual UE location, the response may also include the verified UE location.

图11例示了根据本公开的各方面的RAN验证的UE位置的示例规程1100。在一方面,在规程1100触发之前,NG-RAN节点可向其他核心网络节点(例如,AMF 264、LMF 270等)指示验证UE 204的位置的能力。例如,在NG-RAN节点是卫星的情况下,其可具有可操纵的备用波束,该备用波束可用于可满足目标验证要求的AoA估计。在没有可操纵的备用波束的情况下,卫星NG-RAN节点可能不能够以足够的准确度来定位UE以验证UE位置。FIG. 11 illustrates an example procedure 1100 for RAN verified UE location in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. In one aspect, prior to triggering the procedure 1100, the NG-RAN node may indicate to other core network nodes (e.g., AMF 264, LMF 270, etc.) the capability to verify the location of the UE 204. For example, where the NG-RAN node is a satellite, it may have a steerable backup beam that may be used for AoA estimation that may satisfy the target verification requirement. Without a steerable backup beam, the satellite NG-RAN node may not be able to locate the UE with sufficient accuracy to verify the UE location.

更具体地,当NG-RAN节点是卫星或其他空间飞行器时,关于UE所位于的国家或州可能存在一些模糊性。图12是例示在多个地理区域(标记为“区域A”、“区域B”和“区域C”)上生成多个发送波束(标记为“B1”、“B2”、“B3”、“B4”、“B5”和“B6”)的空间飞行器112的示例的示图1200,这些地理区域可以是国家、州或其他类型的区域。如图12所示,卫星或航空飞行器诸如空间飞行器112通常在给定地理区域(例如,区域A、B和C)上生成若干波束(例如,B1至B6),并且这些波束的覆盖区通常在形状上是椭圆形的。波束覆盖区可随着卫星或航空飞行器在其轨道上的移动而在地球上移动。另选地,波束覆盖区可以是地球固定的。在这种情况下,可使用波束指向机制(机械或电子操纵)来补偿卫星或航空飞行器的运动。More specifically, when the NG-RAN node is a satellite or other spacecraft, there may be some ambiguity about the country or state in which the UE is located. FIG. 12 is a diagram 1200 illustrating an example of a spacecraft 112 generating multiple transmit beams (labeled "B1", "B2", "B3", "B4", "B5", and "B6") over multiple geographic regions (labeled "Region A", "Region B", and "Region C"), which may be countries, states, or other types of regions. As shown in FIG. 12, a satellite or aerospace vehicle such as a spacecraft 112 typically generates several beams (e.g., B1 to B6) over a given geographic region (e.g., Regions A, B, and C), and the coverage areas of these beams are typically elliptical in shape. The beam coverage area may move on the earth as the satellite or aerospace vehicle moves in its orbit. Alternatively, the beam coverage area may be earth-fixed. In this case, a beam pointing mechanism (mechanical or electronic steering) may be used to compensate for the motion of the satellite or aerospace vehicle.

如果图12中的空间飞行器112具有可操纵的备用波束,则它能够使用该波束来以足够的准确度估计与UE相关联的AoA和/或AoD,以至少确定UE位于哪个区域(例如,区域A、B和C)中。例如,由波束B4服务的UE具有几乎相等的机会处于区域A或区域B中。然而,如果空间飞行器112具有可操纵的备用波束,则它可将该波束操纵到区域A或区域B以确定UE位于哪个区域中。If the spacecraft 112 in FIG12 has a steerable spare beam, it can use the beam to estimate the AoA and/or AoD associated with the UE with sufficient accuracy to at least determine which region (e.g., regions A, B, and C) the UE is located in. For example, a UE served by beam B4 has an almost equal chance of being in region A or region B. However, if the spacecraft 112 has a steerable spare beam, it can steer the beam to region A or region B to determine which region the UE is located in.

返回参考图11,规程1100是图8的规程800的阶段4至6的修改,其中位置验证决策由NG-RAN节点执行。在阶段1处,NG-RAN节点(例如,地面的或基于卫星的gNB或ng-eNB)从LMF 270(阶段1a)或AMF 264(阶段1b)接收位置验证请求。在这种情况下,来自核心网络节点的请求应当包括UE位置。Referring back to Figure 11, procedure 1100 is a modification of stages 4 to 6 of procedure 800 of Figure 8, where the location verification decision is performed by the NG-RAN node. At stage 1, the NG-RAN node (e.g., terrestrial or satellite-based gNB or ng-eNB) receives a location verification request from the LMF 270 (stage 1a) or AMF 264 (stage 1b). In this case, the request from the core network node should include the UE location.

在阶段2处,NG-RAN节点与UE 204参与定位规程以获得UE的位置。该阶段包括两个步骤。第一步骤是在NG-RAN节点处获取未验证的UE位置。这可通过以下两项中的任一项来完成:(1)来自核心网络节点的验证请求中的ULI或者(2)通过RRC信令来自UE 204的ULI。第二步骤是验证该位置,对此NG-RAN节点与UE 204参与定位规程以获得UE 204的位置。该定位规程可以是涉及仅一个NG-RAN节点的依赖于RAT的定位规程(诸如RTT、RSRP、AoA、AoD等)。因此,NG-RAN节点收集来自UE 204的测量(例如,DL-TDOA、UE Rx-Tx时间差、DL-RSRP等),并且执行对由UE 204发送的参考信号(例如,SRS)的一些上行链路测量(例如,gNB Rx-Tx时间差、AoA、UL-TDOA等)。该定位规程可以是UE辅助的。然而,仍可使用基于UE的定位(当该操作在蜂窝调制解调器内部执行时),因为难以篡改该操作(因为调制解调器必须满足一组准确度要求)。这不同于其中UE 204简单地报告从调制解调器外部的源(例如,GNSS)获得的其位置的情况。At stage 2, the NG-RAN node engages in a positioning procedure with the UE 204 to obtain the location of the UE. This stage includes two steps. The first step is to obtain the unverified UE location at the NG-RAN node. This can be done by either: (1) the ULI in the verification request from the core network node or (2) the ULI from the UE 204 through RRC signaling. The second step is to verify the location, for which the NG-RAN node engages in a positioning procedure with the UE 204 to obtain the location of the UE 204. The positioning procedure can be a RAT-dependent positioning procedure (such as RTT, RSRP, AoA, AoD, etc.) involving only one NG-RAN node. Therefore, the NG-RAN node collects measurements from the UE 204 (e.g., DL-TDOA, UE Rx-Tx time difference, DL-RSRP, etc.) and performs some uplink measurements of reference signals (e.g., SRS) sent by the UE 204 (e.g., gNB Rx-Tx time difference, AoA, UL-TDOA, etc.). The positioning procedure may be UE-assisted. However, UE-based positioning may still be used (when the operation is performed internally to the cellular modem) because it is difficult to tamper with the operation (because the modem must meet a set of accuracy requirements). This is different from the case where the UE 204 simply reports its position obtained from a source external to the modem (e.g., GNSS).

在阶段3处,如果阶段1处的请求包括UE位置,则NG-RAN节点用UE位置是否已被验证的指示来响应LMF 270(阶段3a)或AMF 264(阶段3b)。如果阶段1处的请求是针对验证的位置的,则NG-RAN节点提供验证的UE位置。At stage 3, if the request at stage 1 included the UE location, the NG-RAN node responds to the LMF 270 (stage 3a) or AMF 264 (stage 3b) with an indication of whether the UE location has been verified. If the request at stage 1 was for a verified location, the NG-RAN node provides the verified UE location.

关于验证的有效性,AMF 264可维护UE 204的列表以及这些UE的位置是否已被验证,只要UE 204在AMF 264的上下文内。一旦UE 204的位置被验证,就触发有效性定时器。AMF 264可在以下情况下触发后续的验证过程:(1)有效性定时器期满。(2)UE 204执行跟踪区域更新或注册区域更新,(3)UE 204报告新位置并且UE 204的位置已经显著改变(例如,改变大于某一阈值,诸如UE 204已经改变其国家)。Regarding the validity of the verification, the AMF 264 may maintain a list of UEs 204 and whether the locations of these UEs have been verified, as long as the UE 204 is within the context of the AMF 264. Once the location of the UE 204 is verified, the validity timer is triggered. The AMF 264 may trigger a subsequent verification process in the following situations: (1) the validity timer expires. (2) the UE 204 performs a tracking area update or a registration area update, (3) the UE 204 reports a new location and the location of the UE 204 has changed significantly (e.g., the change is greater than a certain threshold, such as the UE 204 has changed its country).

在一方面,如果在RRC IDLE或RRC INACTIVE与RRC CONNECTED状态之间的多次转变之间,UE 204的位置没有显著改变(例如,改变小于阈值),则网络可将旧的测量数据与新的测量数据一起用于更快的验证规程。即,诸如在先前连接中或在处于RRC IDLE或RRCINACTIVE状态时取得的旧测量数据仍然被认为是有效的。In one aspect, if the location of UE 204 has not changed significantly (e.g., the change is less than a threshold) between multiple transitions between RRC IDLE or RRC INACTIVE and RRC CONNECTED states, the network may use old measurement data together with new measurement data for a faster verification procedure. That is, old measurement data such as taken in a previous connection or while in RRC IDLE or RRC INACTIVE state is still considered valid.

图13例示了根据本公开的各方面的位置验证的示例方法1300。在一方面,方法1300可由RAN节点(例如,本文所述的NG-RAN节点中的任何NG-RAN节点)来执行。13 illustrates an example method 1300 of location verification according to aspects of the present disclosure. In an aspect, the method 1300 may be performed by a RAN node (eg, any of the NG-RAN nodes described herein).

在1310处,RAN节点从核心网络节点接收验证UE的位置的请求,如图8的阶段4处或图11的阶段1处那样。在一方面,操作1310可由一个或多个WWAN收发器350、卫星信号接收器370、一个或多个网络收发器380、一个或多个处理器384、存储器386和/或定位组件388执行,它们中的任一者或全部可被认为是用于执行该操作的部件。At 1310, the RAN node receives a request to verify the location of the UE from the core network node, as at stage 4 of Figure 8 or at stage 1 of Figure 11. In an aspect, operation 1310 may be performed by one or more WWAN transceivers 350, satellite signal receivers 370, one or more network transceivers 380, one or more processors 384, memory 386, and/or positioning component 388, any or all of which may be considered means for performing the operation.

在1320处,RAN节点与UE执行基于RAN的定位规程以确定UE的验证的位置,如图8的阶段5处或图11的阶段2处那样。在一方面,操作1320可由一个或多个WWAN收发器350、卫星信号接收器370、一个或多个网络收发器380、一个或多个处理器384、存储器386和/或定位组件388执行,它们中的任一者或全部可被认为是用于执行该操作的部件。At 1320, the RAN node performs a RAN-based positioning procedure with the UE to determine a verified location of the UE, as at stage 5 of FIG. 8 or stage 2 of FIG. 11. In an aspect, operation 1320 may be performed by one or more WWAN transceivers 350, satellite signal receivers 370, one or more network transceivers 380, one or more processors 384, memory 386, and/or positioning component 388, any or all of which may be considered means for performing the operation.

在1330处,RAN节点向核心网络节点发送响应,如图8的阶段6处或图11的阶段3处那样,该响应包括:在基于RAN的定位规程期间由UE获得的测量、在基于RAN的定位规程期间由RAN节点获得的测量、UE的验证的位置、UE的位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。在一方面,操作1330可由一个或多个WWAN收发器350、卫星信号接收器370、一个或多个网络收发器380、一个或多个处理器384、存储器386和/或定位组件388执行,它们中的任一者或全部可被认为是用于执行该操作的部件。At 1330, the RAN node sends a response to the core network node, such as at stage 6 of FIG. 8 or at stage 3 of FIG. 11, the response comprising: measurements obtained by the UE during a RAN-based positioning procedure, measurements obtained by a RAN node during a RAN-based positioning procedure, a verified location of the UE, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof. In an aspect, operation 1330 may be performed by one or more WWAN transceivers 350, satellite signal receivers 370, one or more network transceivers 380, one or more processors 384, memory 386, and/or positioning component 388, any or all of which may be considered means for performing the operation.

图14例示了根据本公开的各方面的位置验证的示例方法1400。在一方面,方法1400可由核心网络节点(例如,AMF)执行。14 illustrates an example method 1400 of location verification according to aspects of the present disclosure. In one aspect, the method 1400 may be performed by a core network node (eg, AMF).

在1410处,核心网络节点向RAN节点发送验证UE的位置的请求,如图8的阶段4处或图11的阶段1处那样。在一方面,操作1410可由一个或多个网络收发器390、一个或多个处理器394、存储器396和/或定位组件398执行,它们中的任一者或全部可被认为是用于执行该操作的部件。At 1410, the core network node sends a request to the RAN node to verify the location of the UE, as at stage 4 of Figure 8 or at stage 1 of Figure 11. In an aspect, operation 1410 may be performed by one or more network transceivers 390, one or more processors 394, memory 396, and/or positioning component 398, any or all of which may be considered means for performing the operation.

在1420处,核心网络节点从RAN节点接收响应,如图8的阶段6处或图11的阶段3处那样,来自RAN节点的响应包括:在由RAN节点和UE执行的基于RAN的定位规程期间由UE获得的测量、在该基于RAN的定位规程期间由RAN节点获得的测量、UE的RAN节点验证的位置、UE的位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。在一方面,操作1420可由一个或多个网络收发器390、一个或多个处理器394、存储器396和/或定位组件398执行,它们中的任一者或全部可被认为是用于执行该操作的部件。At 1420, the core network node receives a response from the RAN node, such as at stage 6 of FIG. 8 or at stage 3 of FIG. 11, the response from the RAN node comprising: measurements obtained by the UE during a RAN-based positioning procedure performed by the RAN node and the UE, measurements obtained by the RAN node during the RAN-based positioning procedure, a location of the UE verified by the RAN node, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof. In an aspect, operation 1420 may be performed by one or more network transceivers 390, one or more processors 394, memory 396, and/or positioning component 398, any or all of which may be considered means for performing the operation.

图15例示了根据本公开的各方面的位置验证的示例方法1500。在一方面,方法1500可由位置服务器(例如,LMF)执行。15 illustrates an example method 1500 of location verification in accordance with aspects of the present disclosure. In one aspect, the method 1500 may be performed by a location server (eg, LMF).

在1510处,位置服务器从核心网络节点接收验证UE的位置的请求,如图8的阶段7处或图9的阶段1处那样。在一方面,操作1510可由一个或多个网络收发器390、一个或多个处理器394、存储器396和/或定位组件398执行,它们中的任一者或全部可被认为是用于执行该操作的部件。At 1510, the location server receives a request to verify the location of the UE from the core network node, as at stage 7 of Figure 8 or at stage 1 of Figure 9. In an aspect, operation 1510 may be performed by one or more network transceivers 390, one or more processors 394, memory 396, and/or positioning component 398, any or all of which may be considered means for performing the operation.

在1520处,位置服务器与UE执行基于位置服务器的定位规程以确定UE的验证的位置,如图8的阶段8处或图9的阶段3处那样。在一方面,操作1520可由一个或多个网络收发器390、一个或多个处理器394、存储器396和/或定位组件398执行,它们中的任一者或全部可被认为是用于执行该操作的部件。At 1520, the location server performs a location server-based positioning procedure with the UE to determine a verified location of the UE, as at stage 8 of Figure 8 or at stage 3 of Figure 9. In an aspect, operation 1520 may be performed by one or more network transceivers 390, one or more processors 394, memory 396, and/or positioning component 398, any or all of which may be considered means for performing the operation.

在1530处,位置服务器向核心网络节点发送响应,如图8的阶段9处或图9的阶段4处那样,该响应包括UE的验证的位置、UE的位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。在一方面,操作1530可由一个或多个网络收发器390、一个或多个处理器394、存储器396和/或定位组件398执行,它们中的任一者或全部可被认为是用于执行该操作的部件。At 1530, the location server sends a response to the core network node, such as at stage 9 of FIG. 8 or at stage 4 of FIG. 9, the response including the verified location of the UE, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof. In an aspect, operation 1530 may be performed by one or more network transceivers 390, one or more processors 394, memory 396, and/or positioning component 398, any or all of which may be considered means for performing the operation.

应当理解,方法1300至1500的技术优点是实现UE的位置的网络验证。It should be appreciated that a technical advantage of methods 1300 to 1500 is to enable network verification of the location of the UE.

在以上具体实施方式中,可以看出,不同的特征在各示例中被分组在一起。这种公开方式不应当被理解为示例条款具有比每个条款中明确提及的特征更多的特征的意图。相反,本公开的各个方面可以包括少于所公开的单独示例条款的所有特征。因此,以下条款应据此被视为结合到描述中,其中每个条款本身可以作为单独的示例。尽管每个从属条款可以在条款中指代与其他条款中的一个条款的特定组合,但是该从属条款的方面不限于特定组合。应当理解,其他示例条款还可以包括从属条款方面与任何其他从属条款或独立条款的主题的组合或任何特征与其他从属条款和独立条款的组合。本文所公开的各个方面明确地包括这些组合,除非明确表达或可以容易地推断出并不旨在使用特定的组合(例如,矛盾的方面,诸如将元件定义为电绝缘体和电导体两者)。此外,还预期条款的各方面可以包括在任何其他独立条款中,即使该条款不直接从属于独立条款。In the above specific embodiments, it can be seen that different features are grouped together in each example. This disclosure should not be understood as an intention that the example clauses have more features than the features explicitly mentioned in each clause. On the contrary, various aspects of the present disclosure may include less than all the features of the disclosed individual example clauses. Therefore, the following clauses should be considered to be incorporated into the description accordingly, where each clause itself can be used as a separate example. Although each subordinate clause can refer to a specific combination of one clause with other clauses in a clause, the aspects of the subordinate clause are not limited to specific combinations. It should be understood that other example clauses may also include a combination of the subject matter of the subordinate clause aspect with any other subordinate clause or independent clause or any feature with other subordinate clauses and independent clauses. Various aspects disclosed herein explicitly include these combinations, unless it is clearly expressed or can be easily inferred that a specific combination is not intended to be used (for example, contradictory aspects, such as defining an element as both an electrical insulator and an electrical conductor). In addition, it is also expected that various aspects of the clause can be included in any other independent clause, even if the clause is not directly subordinate to the independent clause.

在以下编号条款中描述了各具体实施示例:Specific implementation examples are described in the following numbered clauses:

条款1.一种由无线电接入网络(RAN)节点执行的位置验证的方法,所述方法包括:从核心网络节点接收验证用户装备(UE)的位置的请求;与所述UE执行基于RAN的定位规程以确定所述UE的验证的位置;以及向所述核心网络节点发送响应,所述响应包括:在所述基于RAN的定位规程期间由所述UE获得的测量、在所述基于RAN的定位规程期间由所述RAN节点获得的测量、所述UE的所述验证的位置、所述UE的所述位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。Clause 1. A method of location verification performed by a radio access network (RAN) node, the method comprising: receiving a request to verify the location of a user equipment (UE) from a core network node; performing a RAN-based positioning procedure with the UE to determine the verified location of the UE; and sending a response to the core network node, the response comprising: measurements obtained by the UE during the RAN-based positioning procedure, measurements obtained by the RAN node during the RAN-based positioning procedure, the verified location of the UE, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof.

条款2.根据条款1所述的方法,其中所述响应还包括所述基于RAN的定位规程的类型。Clause 2. The method of clause 1, wherein the response further includes a type of the RAN-based positioning procedure.

条款3.根据条款1至2中任一条款所述的方法,其中:所述响应包括所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示,所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示包括布尔值,并且所述响应还包括指示所述UE的所述验证的位置的置信度的置信度值。Clause 3. A method according to any one of clauses 1 to 2, wherein: the response includes an indication that the location of the UE is verified, the indication that the location of the UE is verified includes a Boolean value, and the response also includes a confidence value indicating the confidence of the verified location of the UE.

条款4.根据条款1至3中任一条款所述的方法,所述方法还包括:向所述核心网络节点发送能力消息,所述能力消息指示所述RAN节点能够验证所述UE的所述位置。Clause 4. A method according to any one of clauses 1 to 3, the method further comprising: sending a capability message to the core network node, the capability message indicating that the RAN node is able to verify the location of the UE.

条款5.根据条款4所述的方法,其中所述RAN节点具有可操纵的备用波束。Clause 5. The method of clause 4, wherein the RAN node has a steerable spare beam.

条款6.根据条款1至5中任一条款所述的方法,其中所述RAN节点是空间飞行器或位于空间飞行器上。Clause 6. A method as described in any of clauses 1 to 5, wherein the RAN node is or is located on a space vehicle.

条款7.根据条款1至6中任一条款所述的方法,其中所述核心网络节点是:接入和移动性管理功能(AMF),或位置管理功能(LMF)。Clause 7. A method according to any one of clauses 1 to 6, wherein the core network node is: an access and mobility management function (AMF), or a location management function (LMF).

条款8.一种由核心网络节点执行的位置验证的方法,所述方法包括:向无线电接入网络(RAN)节点发送验证用户装备(UE)的位置的请求;以及从所述RAN节点接收响应,来自所述RAN节点的所述响应包括:在由所述RAN节点和所述UE执行的基于RAN的定位规程期间由所述UE获得的测量、在所述基于RAN的定位规程期间由所述RAN节点获得的测量、所述UE的RAN节点验证的位置、所述UE的所述位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。Clause 8. A method of location verification performed by a core network node, the method comprising: sending a request to a radio access network (RAN) node to verify the location of a user equipment (UE); and receiving a response from the RAN node, the response from the RAN node comprising: measurements obtained by the UE during a RAN-based positioning procedure performed by the RAN node and the UE, measurements obtained by the RAN node during the RAN-based positioning procedure, a location of the UE verified by the RAN node, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof.

条款9.根据条款8所述的方法,所述方法还包括:从第二核心网络节点接收验证所述UE的所述位置的请求;以及向所述第二核心网络节点发送响应,对所述第二核心网络节点的所述响应包括:在所述基于RAN的定位规程期间由所述UE获得的所述测量、在所述基于RAN的定位规程期间由所述RAN节点获得的所述测量、所述UE的所述RAN节点验证的位置、所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示或它们的任何组合。Clause 9. The method according to Clause 8 further includes: receiving a request to verify the location of the UE from a second core network node; and sending a response to the second core network node, the response to the second core network node comprising: the measurements obtained by the UE during the RAN-based positioning procedure, the measurements obtained by the RAN node during the RAN-based positioning procedure, the location of the UE verified by the RAN node, the indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof.

条款10.根据条款9所述的方法,其中所述第二核心网络节点是位置管理功能(LMF)。Clause 10. The method of clause 9, wherein the second core network node is a location management function (LMF).

条款11.根据条款8至10中任一条款所述的方法,所述方法还包括:向位置服务器发送验证所述UE的所述位置的请求;以及从所述位置服务器接收响应,来自所述位置服务器的所述响应包括所述UE的位置服务器验证的位置、所述UE的所述位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。Clause 11. The method according to any one of clauses 8 to 10, further comprising: sending a request to a location server to verify the location of the UE; and receiving a response from the location server, the response from the location server including the location of the UE verified by the location server, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof.

条款12.根据条款11所述的方法,所述方法还包括:基于来自所述RAN节点的所述响应、来自所述位置服务器的所述响应或两者来确定所述UE的所述位置是否被验证。Clause 12. The method of clause 11, further comprising determining whether the location of the UE is verified based on the response from the RAN node, the response from the location server, or both.

条款13.根据条款11至12中任一条款所述的方法,其中:来自所述位置服务器的所述响应包括所述UE的所述位置服务器验证的位置,来自所述位置服务器的所述响应还包括在所述位置服务器与所述UE之间执行以确定所述UE的所述位置服务器验证的位置的基于位置服务器的定位规程的类型,并且基于所述基于位置服务器的定位规程的所述类型确定所述UE的所述位置服务器验证的位置被验证。Clause 13. A method according to any one of clauses 11 to 12, wherein: the response from the location server includes the location of the UE verified by the location server, the response from the location server also includes the type of location server-based positioning procedure performed between the location server and the UE to determine the location of the UE verified by the location server, and the location of the UE verified by the location server is determined to be verified based on the type of the location server-based positioning procedure.

条款14.根据条款11至13中任一条款所述的方法,其中:来自所述位置服务器的所述响应包括所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示,所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示包括布尔值,并且所述响应还包括指示所述UE的所述位置服务器验证的位置的置信度的置信度值。Clause 14. A method according to any one of clauses 11 to 13, wherein: the response from the location server includes the indication that the location of the UE is verified, the indication that the location of the UE is verified includes a Boolean value, and the response also includes a confidence value indicating the confidence of the location of the UE verified by the location server.

条款15.根据条款8至14中任一条款所述的方法,其中来自所述RAN节点的所述响应还包括所述基于RAN的定位规程的类型。Clause 15. A method as described in any of clauses 8 to 14, wherein the response from the RAN node also includes a type of the RAN based positioning procedure.

条款16.根据条款8至15中任一条款所述的方法,其中:来自所述RAN节点的所述响应包括所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示,所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示包括布尔值,并且所述响应还包括指示所述UE的所述RAN节点验证的位置的置信度的置信度值。Clause 16. A method according to any of clauses 8 to 15, wherein: the response from the RAN node includes the indication that the location of the UE is verified, the indication that the location of the UE is verified includes a Boolean value, and the response also includes a confidence value indicating the confidence of the location of the UE verified by the RAN node.

条款17.根据条款8至16中任一条款所述的方法,所述方法还包括:从所述RAN节点接收能力消息,所述能力消息指示所述RAN节点能够验证所述UE的所述位置。Clause 17. A method as described in any of clauses 8 to 16, the method further comprising: receiving a capability message from the RAN node, the capability message indicating that the RAN node is able to verify the location of the UE.

条款18.根据条款8至17中任一条款所述的方法,所述方法还包括:触发用于所述UE的所述RAN节点验证的位置的有效性定时器;以及基于一个或多个触发事件触发后续的UE位置验证规程。Clause 18. A method according to any of clauses 8 to 17, the method further comprising: triggering a validity timer for the location verified by the RAN node of the UE; and triggering a subsequent UE location verification procedure based on one or more triggering events.

条款19.根据条款18所述的方法,其中所述一个或多个触发事件包括:所述有效性定时器的期满、UE跟踪区域更新、UE注册区域更新、UE位置高于阈值的改变、UE位置的国家的改变或它们的任何组合。Clause 19. A method according to clause 18, wherein the one or more triggering events include: expiration of the validity timer, UE tracking area update, UE registration area update, change of UE location above a threshold, change of country of UE location, or any combination thereof.

条款20.根据条款18至19中任一条款所述的方法,其中基于在无线电资源控制(RRC)状态转变期间所述UE的所述位置改变小于阈值,所述后续UE位置验证规程不被触发。Clause 20. A method as described in any of clauses 18 to 19, wherein the subsequent UE location verification procedure is not triggered based on the location change of the UE during a radio resource control (RRC) state transition being less than a threshold.

条款21.根据条款8至20中任一项所述的方法,其中所述核心网络节点是接入和移动性管理功能(AMF)。Clause 21. A method as described in any of clauses 8 to 20, wherein the core network node is an Access and Mobility Management Function (AMF).

条款22.一种由位置服务器执行的位置验证的方法,所述方法包括:从核心网络节点接收验证用户装备(UE)的位置的请求;与所述UE执行基于位置服务器的定位规程以确定所述UE的验证的位置;以及向所述核心网络节点发送响应,所述响应包括所述UE的验证的位置、所述UE的所述位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。Clause 22. A method of location verification performed by a location server, the method comprising: receiving a request to verify the location of a user equipment (UE) from a core network node; performing a location server-based positioning procedure with the UE to determine the verified location of the UE; and sending a response to the core network node, the response including the verified location of the UE, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof.

条款23.根据条款22所述的方法,其中:所述响应包括所述UE的所述验证的位置,并且所述响应还包括所述基于位置服务器的定位规程的类型。Clause 23. The method of clause 22, wherein: the response includes the verified location of the UE, and the response also includes a type of the location server-based positioning procedure.

条款24.根据条款22至23中任一条款所述的方法,其中:所述响应包括所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示,所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示包括布尔值,并且所述响应还包括指示所述UE的所述验证的位置的置信度的置信度值。Clause 24. A method according to any one of clauses 22 to 23, wherein: the response includes the indication that the location of the UE is verified, the indication that the location of the UE is verified includes a Boolean value, and the response also includes a confidence value indicating the confidence of the verified location of the UE.

条款25.根据条款22至24中任一条款所述的方法,其中所述请求包括:所述UE的标识符、对所述UE预期位于其中的区域的指示、一个或多个准确度参数、所述位置服务器预期在其内提供所述响应的定时器或它们的任何组合。Clause 25. A method according to any of clauses 22 to 24, wherein the request comprises: an identifier of the UE, an indication of an area in which the UE is expected to be located, one or more accuracy parameters, a timer within which the location server is expected to provide the response, or any combination thereof.

条款26.根据条款22至25中任一条款所述的方法,其中所述响应包括:所述响应包括所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示、所述基于位置服务器的定位规程的类型、服务质量(QoS)、错误原因、确定所述UE的所述验证的位置所花费的时间量、指示所述UE的所述验证的位置的置信度的置信度值或它们的任何组合。Clause 26. A method according to any one of clauses 22 to 25, wherein the response comprises: the response comprises the indication that the location of the UE is verified, the type of positioning procedure based on the location server, the quality of service (QoS), the cause of the error, the amount of time taken to determine the verified location of the UE, a confidence value indicating the confidence of the verified location of the UE, or any combination thereof.

条款27.根据条款26所述的方法,其中所述错误原因包括指示以下项的值:拒绝定位、UE不支持、定位失败、或请求超时。Clause 27. The method of clause 26, wherein the error cause comprises a value indicating: positioning rejected, UE not supported, positioning failed, or request timed out.

条款28.一种无线电接入网络(RAN)节点,所述无线电接入网络(RAN)节点包括:存储器;至少一个收发器;和至少一个处理器,所述至少一个处理器通信地耦合到所述存储器和所述至少一个收发器并且被配置为:经由所述至少一个收发器从核心网络节点接收验证用户装备(UE)的位置的请求;与所述UE执行基于RAN的定位规程以确定所述UE的验证的位置;以及经由所述至少一个收发器向所述核心网络节点发送响应,所述响应包括:在所述基于RAN的定位规程期间由所述UE获得的测量、在所述基于RAN的定位规程期间由所述RAN节点获得的测量、所述UE的所述验证的位置、所述UE的所述位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。Clause 28. A radio access network (RAN) node, the radio access network (RAN) node comprising: a memory; at least one transceiver; and at least one processor, the at least one processor being communicatively coupled to the memory and the at least one transceiver and configured to: receive a request to verify the location of a user equipment (UE) from a core network node via the at least one transceiver; perform a RAN-based positioning procedure with the UE to determine the verified location of the UE; and send a response to the core network node via the at least one transceiver, the response comprising: measurements obtained by the UE during the RAN-based positioning procedure, measurements obtained by the RAN node during the RAN-based positioning procedure, the verified location of the UE, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof.

条款29.根据条款28所述的RAN节点,其中所述响应还包括所述基于RAN的定位规程的类型。Clause 29. A RAN node as described in clause 28, wherein the response further comprises a type of the RAN based positioning procedure.

条款30.根据条款28至29中任一条款所述的RAN节点,其中:所述响应包括所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示,所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示包括布尔值,并且所述响应还包括指示所述UE的所述验证的位置的置信度的置信度值。Clause 30. A RAN node according to any of clauses 28 to 29, wherein: the response includes the indication that the position of the UE is verified, the indication that the position of the UE is verified includes a Boolean value, and the response also includes a confidence value indicating the confidence of the verified position of the UE.

条款31.根据条款28至30中任一条款所述的RAN节点,其中所述至少一个处理器被进一步配置为:经由所述至少一个收发器向所述核心网络节点发送能力消息,所述能力消息指示所述RAN节点能够验证所述UE的所述位置。Clause 31. A RAN node according to any of clauses 28 to 30, wherein the at least one processor is further configured to: send a capability message to the core network node via the at least one transceiver, the capability message indicating that the RAN node is able to verify the location of the UE.

条款32.根据条款31所述的RAN节点,其中所述RAN节点具有可操纵的备用波束。Clause 32. A RAN node as described in clause 31, wherein the RAN node has a steerable spare beam.

条款33.根据条款28至32中任一条款所述的RAN节点,其中所述RAN节点是空间飞行器或位于空间飞行器上。Clause 33. A RAN node as described in any of clauses 28 to 32, wherein the RAN node is a space vehicle or is located on a space vehicle.

条款34.根据条款28至33中任一条款所述的RAN节点,其中所述核心网络节点是:接入和移动性管理功能(AMF),或位置管理功能(LMF)。Clause 34. A RAN node as described in any of clauses 28 to 33, wherein the core network node is: an access and mobility management function (AMF), or a location management function (LMF).

条款35.一种核心网络节点,所述核心网络节点包括:存储器;至少一个收发器;和至少一个处理器,所述至少一个处理器通信地耦合到所述存储器和所述至少一个收发器并且被配置为:经由所述至少一个收发器向无线电接入网络(RAN)节点发送验证用户装备(UE)的位置的请求;以及经由所述至少一个收发器从所述RAN节点接收响应,来自所述RAN节点的所述响应包括:在由所述RAN节点和所述UE执行的基于RAN的定位规程期间由所述UE获得的测量、在所述基于RAN的定位规程期间由所述RAN节点获得的测量、所述UE的RAN节点验证的位置、所述UE的所述位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。Clause 35. A core network node, the core network node comprising: a memory; at least one transceiver; and at least one processor, the at least one processor being communicatively coupled to the memory and the at least one transceiver and configured to: send a request to a radio access network (RAN) node via the at least one transceiver to verify the location of a user equipment (UE); and receive a response from the RAN node via the at least one transceiver, the response from the RAN node comprising: measurements obtained by the UE during a RAN-based positioning procedure performed by the RAN node and the UE, measurements obtained by the RAN node during the RAN-based positioning procedure, a location of the UE verified by the RAN node, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof.

条款36.根据条款35所述的核心网络节点,其中所述至少一个处理器被进一步配置为:经由所述至少一个收发器从第二核心网络节点接收验证所述UE的所述位置的请求;以及经由所述至少一个收发器向所述第二核心网络节点发送响应,对所述第二核心网络节点的所述响应包括:在所述基于RAN的定位规程期间由所述UE获得的所述测量、在所述基于RAN的定位规程期间由所述RAN节点获得的所述测量、所述UE的所述RAN节点验证的位置、所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示或它们的任何组合。Clause 36. A core network node according to clause 35, wherein the at least one processor is further configured to: receive a request to verify the location of the UE from a second core network node via the at least one transceiver; and send a response to the second core network node via the at least one transceiver, the response to the second core network node comprising: the measurements obtained by the UE during the RAN-based positioning procedure, the measurements obtained by the RAN node during the RAN-based positioning procedure, the location of the UE verified by the RAN node, the indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof.

条款37.根据条款36所述的核心网络节点,其中所述第二核心网络节点是位置管理功能(LMF)。Clause 37. The core network node of clause 36, wherein the second core network node is a location management function (LMF).

条款38.根据条款35至37中任一条款所述的核心网络节点,其中所述至少一个处理器被进一步配置为:经由所述至少一个收发器向位置服务器发送验证所述UE的所述位置的请求;以及经由所述至少一个收发器从所述位置服务器接收响应,来自所述位置服务器的所述响应包括所述UE的位置服务器验证的位置、所述UE的所述位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。Clause 38. A core network node according to any one of clauses 35 to 37, wherein the at least one processor is further configured to: send a request to a location server via the at least one transceiver to verify the location of the UE; and receive a response from the location server via the at least one transceiver, the response from the location server including the location of the UE verified by the location server, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof.

条款39.根据条款38所述的核心网络节点,其中所述至少一个处理器被进一步配置为:基于来自所述RAN节点的所述响应、来自所述位置服务器的所述响应或两者来确定所述UE的所述位置是否被验证。Clause 39. A core network node according to clause 38, wherein the at least one processor is further configured to: determine whether the location of the UE is verified based on the response from the RAN node, the response from the location server, or both.

条款40.根据条款38至39中任一条款所述的核心网络节点,其中:来自所述位置服务器的所述响应包括所述UE的所述位置服务器验证的位置,来自所述位置服务器的所述响应还包括在所述位置服务器与所述UE之间执行以确定所述UE的所述位置服务器验证的位置的基于位置服务器的定位规程的类型,并且基于所述基于位置服务器的定位规程的所述类型确定所述UE的所述位置服务器验证的位置被验证。Clause 40. A core network node according to any one of clauses 38 to 39, wherein: the response from the location server includes the location of the UE verified by the location server, the response from the location server also includes the type of location server-based positioning procedure performed between the location server and the UE to determine the location of the UE verified by the location server, and the location of the UE verified by the location server is determined to be verified based on the type of the location server-based positioning procedure.

条款41.根据条款38至40中任一条款所述的核心网络节点,其中:来自所述位置服务器的所述响应包括所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示,所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示包括布尔值,并且所述响应还包括指示所述UE的所述位置服务器验证的位置的置信度的置信度值。Clause 41. A core network node according to any one of clauses 38 to 40, wherein: the response from the location server includes the indication that the location of the UE is verified, the indication that the location of the UE is verified includes a Boolean value, and the response also includes a confidence value indicating the confidence of the location of the UE verified by the location server.

条款42.根据条款35至41中任一条款所述的核心网络节点,其中来自所述RAN节点的所述响应还包括所述基于RAN的定位规程的类型。Clause 42. A core network node as described in any of clauses 35 to 41, wherein the response from the RAN node also includes the type of the RAN-based positioning procedure.

条款43.根据条款35至42中任一条款所述的核心网络节点,其中:来自所述RAN节点的所述响应包括所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示,所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示包括布尔值,并且所述响应还包括指示所述UE的所述RAN节点验证的位置的置信度的置信度值。Clause 43. A core network node according to any of clauses 35 to 42, wherein: the response from the RAN node includes the indication that the location of the UE is verified, the indication that the location of the UE is verified includes a Boolean value, and the response also includes a confidence value indicating the confidence of the location of the UE verified by the RAN node.

条款44.根据条款35至43中任一条款所述的核心网络节点,其中所述至少一个处理器被进一步配置为:经由所述至少一个收发器从所述RAN节点接收能力消息,所述能力消息指示所述RAN节点能够验证所述UE的所述位置。Clause 44. A core network node according to any of clauses 35 to 43, wherein the at least one processor is further configured to: receive a capability message from the RAN node via the at least one transceiver, the capability message indicating that the RAN node is capable of verifying the location of the UE.

条款45.根据条款35至44中任一条款所述的核心网络节点,其中所述至少一个处理器被进一步配置为:触发用于所述UE的所述RAN节点验证的位置的有效性定时器;以及基于一个或多个触发事件触发后续的UE位置验证规程。Clause 45. A core network node according to any one of clauses 35 to 44, wherein the at least one processor is further configured to: trigger a validity timer for the location verified by the RAN node for the UE; and trigger a subsequent UE location verification procedure based on one or more triggering events.

条款46.根据条款45所述的核心网络节点,其中所述一个或多个触发事件包括:所述有效性定时器的期满、UE跟踪区域更新、UE注册区域更新、UE位置高于阈值的改变、UE位置的国家的改变或它们的任何组合。Clause 46. A core network node according to clause 45, wherein the one or more triggering events include: expiration of the validity timer, UE tracking area update, UE registration area update, change of UE location above a threshold, change of country of UE location, or any combination thereof.

条款47.根据条款45至46中任一条款所述的核心网络节点,其中基于在无线电资源控制(RRC)状态转变期间所述UE的所述位置改变小于阈值,所述后续UE位置验证规程不被触发。Clause 47. A core network node as described in any of clauses 45 to 46, wherein the subsequent UE location verification procedure is not triggered based on the location change of the UE during a radio resource control (RRC) state transition being less than a threshold.

条款48.根据条款35至47中任一条款所述的网络节点,其中所述核心网络节点是接入和移动性管理功能(AMF)。Clause 48. A network node as described in any of clauses 35 to 47, wherein the core network node is an Access and Mobility Management Function (AMF).

条款49.一种位置服务器,所述位置服务器包括:存储器;至少一个收发器;和至少一个处理器,所述至少一个处理器通信地耦合到所述存储器和所述至少一个收发器并且被配置为:经由所述至少一个收发器从核心网络节点接收验证用户装备(UE)的位置的请求;与所述UE执行基于位置服务器的定位规程以确定所述UE的验证的位置;以及经由所述至少一个收发器向所述核心网络节点发送响应,所述响应包括所述UE的验证的位置、所述UE的所述位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。Clause 49. A location server, the location server comprising: a memory; at least one transceiver; and at least one processor, the at least one processor being communicatively coupled to the memory and the at least one transceiver and configured to: receive a request to verify the location of a user equipment (UE) from a core network node via the at least one transceiver; perform a location server-based positioning procedure with the UE to determine the verified location of the UE; and send a response to the core network node via the at least one transceiver, the response comprising the verified location of the UE, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof.

条款50.根据条款49所述的位置服务器,其中:所述响应包括所述UE的所述验证的位置,并且所述响应还包括所述基于位置服务器的定位规程的类型。Clause 50. The location server of clause 49, wherein: the response includes the verified location of the UE, and the response also includes a type of positioning procedure based on the location server.

条款51.根据条款49至50中任一条款所述的位置服务器,其中:所述响应包括所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示,所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示包括布尔值,并且所述响应还包括指示所述UE的所述验证的位置的置信度的置信度值。Clause 51. A location server according to any one of clauses 49 to 50, wherein: the response includes the indication that the location of the UE is verified, the indication that the location of the UE is verified includes a Boolean value, and the response also includes a confidence value indicating the confidence of the verified location of the UE.

条款52.根据条款49至51中任一条款所述的位置服务器,其中所述请求包括:所述UE的标识符、对所述UE预期位于其中的区域的指示、一个或多个准确度参数、所述位置服务器预期在其内提供所述响应的定时器或它们的任何组合。Clause 52. A location server as described in any of clauses 49 to 51, wherein the request comprises: an identifier of the UE, an indication of the area in which the UE is expected to be located, one or more accuracy parameters, a timer within which the location server expects to provide the response, or any combination thereof.

条款53.根据条款49至52中任一条款所述的位置服务器,其中所述响应包括:所述响应包括所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示、所述基于位置服务器的定位规程的类型、服务质量(QoS)、错误原因、确定所述UE的所述验证的位置所花费的时间量、指示所述UE的所述验证的位置的置信度的置信度值或它们的任何组合。Clause 53. A location server according to any one of clauses 49 to 52, wherein the response comprises: the response comprises the indication that the location of the UE is verified, the type of positioning procedure based on the location server, the quality of service (QoS), the cause of the error, the amount of time taken to determine the verified location of the UE, a confidence value indicating the confidence of the verified location of the UE, or any combination thereof.

条款54.根据条款53所述的位置服务器,其中所述错误原因包括指示以下项的值:拒绝定位、UE不支持、定位失败、或请求超时。Clause 54. A location server according to clause 53, wherein the error cause comprises a value indicating: positioning rejected, UE not supported, positioning failed, or request timed out.

条款55.一种无线电接入网络(RAN)节点,所述无线电接入网络(RAN)节点包括:用于从核心网络节点接收验证用户装备(UE)的位置的请求的部件;用于与所述UE执行基于RAN的定位规程以确定所述UE的验证的位置的部件;和用于向所述核心网络节点发送响应的部件,所述响应包括:在所述基于RAN的定位规程期间由所述UE获得的测量、在所述基于RAN的定位规程期间由所述RAN节点获得的测量、所述UE的所述验证的位置、所述UE的所述位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。Clause 55. A radio access network (RAN) node, the radio access network (RAN) node comprising: a component for receiving a request to verify the location of a user equipment (UE) from a core network node; a component for performing a RAN-based positioning procedure with the UE to determine the verified location of the UE; and a component for sending a response to the core network node, the response comprising: measurements obtained by the UE during the RAN-based positioning procedure, measurements obtained by the RAN node during the RAN-based positioning procedure, the verified location of the UE, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof.

条款56.根据条款55所述的RAN节点,其中所述响应还包括所述基于RAN的定位规程的类型。Clause 56. A RAN node as described in clause 55, wherein the response also includes a type of the RAN based positioning procedure.

条款57.根据条款55至56中任一条款所述的RAN节点,其中:所述响应包括所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示,所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示包括布尔值,并且所述响应还包括指示所述UE的所述验证的位置的置信度的置信度值。Clause 57. A RAN node according to any of clauses 55 to 56, wherein: the response includes the indication that the position of the UE is verified, the indication that the position of the UE is verified includes a Boolean value, and the response also includes a confidence value indicating the confidence of the verified position of the UE.

条款58.根据条款55至57中任一条款所述的RAN节点,所述RAN节点还包括:用于向所述核心网络节点发送能力消息的部件,所述能力消息指示所述RAN节点能够验证所述UE的所述位置。Clause 58. A RAN node as described in any of clauses 55 to 57, the RAN node further comprising: a component for sending a capability message to the core network node, the capability message indicating that the RAN node is able to verify the location of the UE.

条款59.根据条款58所述的RAN节点,其中所述RAN节点具有可操纵的备用波束。Clause 59. A RAN node as described in clause 58, wherein the RAN node has a steerable spare beam.

条款60.根据条款55至59中任一条款所述的RAN节点,其中所述RAN节点是空间飞行器或位于空间飞行器上。Clause 60. A RAN node as described in any of clauses 55 to 59, wherein the RAN node is a space vehicle or is located on a space vehicle.

条款61.根据条款55至60中任一条款所述的RAN节点,其中所述核心网络节点是:接入和移动性管理功能(AMF),或位置管理功能(LMF)。Clause 61. A RAN node as described in any of clauses 55 to 60, wherein the core network node is: an access and mobility management function (AMF), or a location management function (LMF).

条款62.一种核心网络节点,所述核心网络节点包括:用于向无线电接入网络(RAN)节点发送验证用户装备(UE)的位置的请求的部件;和用于从所述RAN节点接收响应的部件,来自所述RAN节点的所述响应包括:在由所述RAN节点和所述UE执行的基于RAN的定位规程期间由所述UE获得的测量、在所述基于RAN的定位规程期间由所述RAN节点获得的测量、所述UE的RAN节点验证的位置、所述UE的位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。Clause 62. A core network node, the core network node comprising: means for sending a request to a radio access network (RAN) node to verify the location of a user equipment (UE); and means for receiving a response from the RAN node, the response from the RAN node comprising: measurements obtained by the UE during a RAN-based positioning procedure performed by the RAN node and the UE, measurements obtained by the RAN node during the RAN-based positioning procedure, a location of the UE verified by the RAN node, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof.

条款63.根据条款62所述的核心网络节点,所述核心网络节点还包括:用于从第二核心网络节点接收验证所述UE的所述位置的请求的部件;和用于向所述第二核心网络节点发送响应的部件,对所述第二核心网络节点的所述响应包括:在所述基于RAN的定位规程期间由所述UE获得的所述测量、在所述基于RAN的定位规程期间由所述RAN节点获得的所述测量、所述UE的所述RAN节点验证的位置、所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示或它们的任何组合。Clause 63. According to the core network node described in clause 62, the core network node also includes: a component for receiving a request to verify the location of the UE from a second core network node; and a component for sending a response to the second core network node, the response to the second core network node including: the measurements obtained by the UE during the RAN-based positioning procedure, the measurements obtained by the RAN node during the RAN-based positioning procedure, the location of the UE verified by the RAN node, the indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof.

条款64.根据条款63所述的核心网络节点,其中所述第二核心网络节点是位置管理功能(LMF)。Clause 64. The core network node of clause 63, wherein the second core network node is a location management function (LMF).

条款65.根据条款62至64中任一条款所述的核心网络节点,所述核心网络节点还包括:用于向位置服务器发送验证所述UE的所述位置的请求的部件;和用于从所述位置服务器接收响应的部件,来自所述位置服务器的所述响应包括所述UE的位置服务器验证的位置、所述UE的所述位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。Clause 65. A core network node according to any one of clauses 62 to 64, wherein the core network node further comprises: a component for sending a request to a location server to verify the location of the UE; and a component for receiving a response from the location server, the response from the location server comprising the location of the UE verified by the location server, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof.

条款66.根据条款65所述的核心网络节点,所述核心网络节点还包括:用于基于来自所述RAN节点的所述响应、来自所述位置服务器的所述响应或两者来确定所述UE的所述位置是否被验证的部件。Clause 66. The core network node of clause 65, further comprising: means for determining whether the location of the UE is verified based on the response from the RAN node, the response from the location server, or both.

条款67.根据条款65至66中任一条款所述的核心网络节点,其中:来自所述位置服务器的所述响应包括所述UE的所述位置服务器验证的位置,来自所述位置服务器的所述响应还包括在所述位置服务器与所述UE之间执行以确定所述UE的所述位置服务器验证的位置的基于位置服务器的定位规程的类型,并且基于所述基于位置服务器的定位规程的所述类型确定所述UE的所述位置服务器验证的位置被验证。Clause 67. A core network node according to any one of clauses 65 to 66, wherein: the response from the location server includes the location of the UE verified by the location server, the response from the location server also includes the type of location server-based positioning procedure performed between the location server and the UE to determine the location of the UE verified by the location server, and the location of the UE verified by the location server is determined to be verified based on the type of the location server-based positioning procedure.

条款68.根据条款65至67中任一条款所述的核心网络节点,其中:来自所述位置服务器的所述响应包括所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示,所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示包括布尔值,并且所述响应还包括指示所述UE的所述位置服务器验证的位置的置信度的置信度值。Clause 68. A core network node according to any one of clauses 65 to 67, wherein: the response from the location server includes the indication that the location of the UE is verified, the indication that the location of the UE is verified includes a Boolean value, and the response also includes a confidence value indicating the confidence of the location of the UE verified by the location server.

条款69.根据条款62至68中任一条款所述的核心网络节点,其中来自所述RAN节点的所述响应还包括所述基于RAN的定位规程的类型。Clause 69. A core network node as described in any of clauses 62 to 68, wherein the response from the RAN node also includes the type of RAN-based positioning procedure.

条款70.根据条款62至69中任一条款所述的核心网络节点,其中:来自所述RAN节点的所述响应包括所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示,所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示包括布尔值,并且所述响应还包括指示所述UE的所述RAN节点验证的位置的置信度的置信度值。Clause 70. A core network node according to any of clauses 62 to 69, wherein: the response from the RAN node includes an indication that the location of the UE is verified, the indication that the location of the UE is verified includes a Boolean value, and the response also includes a confidence value indicating the confidence of the location of the UE verified by the RAN node.

条款71.根据条款62至70中任一条款所述的核心网络节点,所述核心网络节点还包括:用于从所述RAN节点接收能力消息的部件,所述能力消息指示所述RAN节点能够验证所述UE的所述位置。Clause 71. A core network node according to any of clauses 62 to 70, the core network node further comprising: a component for receiving a capability message from the RAN node, the capability message indicating that the RAN node is able to verify the location of the UE.

条款72.根据条款62至71中任一条款所述的核心网络节点,所述核心网络节点还包括:用于触发用于所述UE的所述RAN节点验证的位置的有效性定时器的部件;和用于基于一个或多个触发事件触发后续的UE位置验证规程的部件。Clause 72. A core network node according to any one of clauses 62 to 71, wherein the core network node further comprises: a component for triggering a validity timer for a location verified by the RAN node for the UE; and a component for triggering a subsequent UE location verification procedure based on one or more triggering events.

条款73.根据条款72所述的核心网络节点,其中所述一个或多个触发事件包括:所述有效性定时器的期满、UE跟踪区域更新、UE注册区域更新、UE位置高于阈值的改变、UE位置的国家的改变或它们的任何组合。Clause 73. A core network node according to clause 72, wherein the one or more triggering events include: expiration of the validity timer, UE tracking area update, UE registration area update, change of UE location above a threshold, change of country of UE location, or any combination thereof.

条款74.根据条款72至73中任一条款所述的核心网络节点,其中基于在无线电资源控制(RRC)状态转变期间所述UE的所述位置改变小于阈值,所述后续UE位置验证规程不被触发。Clause 74. A core network node as described in any of clauses 72 to 73, wherein the subsequent UE location verification procedure is not triggered based on the location change of the UE during a radio resource control (RRC) state transition being less than a threshold.

条款75.根据条款62至74中任一条款所述的网络节点,其中所述核心网络节点是接入和移动性管理功能(AMF)。Clause 75. A network node as described in any of clauses 62 to 74, wherein the core network node is an Access and Mobility Management Function (AMF).

条款76.一种位置服务器,所述位置服务器包括:用于从核心网络节点接收验证用户装备(UE)的位置的请求的部件;用于与所述UE执行基于位置服务器的定位规程以确定所述UE的验证的位置的部件;和用于向所述核心网络节点发送响应的部件,所述响应包括所述UE的验证的位置、所述UE的所述位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。Clause 76. A location server, the location server comprising: a component for receiving a request to verify the location of a user equipment (UE) from a core network node; a component for performing a location server-based positioning procedure with the UE to determine the verified location of the UE; and a component for sending a response to the core network node, the response including the verified location of the UE, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof.

条款77.根据条款76所述的位置服务器,其中:所述响应包括所述UE的所述验证的位置,并且所述响应还包括所述基于位置服务器的定位规程的类型。Clause 77. The location server of clause 76, wherein: the response includes the verified location of the UE, and the response also includes a type of positioning procedure based on the location server.

条款78.根据条款76至77中任一条款所述的位置服务器,其中:所述响应包括所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示,所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示包括布尔值,并且所述响应还包括指示所述UE的所述验证的位置的置信度的置信度值。Clause 78. A location server according to any one of clauses 76 to 77, wherein: the response includes an indication that the location of the UE is verified, the indication that the location of the UE is verified includes a Boolean value, and the response also includes a confidence value indicating the confidence of the verified location of the UE.

条款79.根据条款76至78中任一条款所述的位置服务器,其中所述请求包括:所述UE的标识符、对所述UE预期位于其中的区域的指示、一个或多个准确度参数、所述位置服务器预期在其内提供所述响应的定时器或它们的任何组合。Clause 79. A location server as described in any of clauses 76 to 78, wherein the request comprises: an identifier of the UE, an indication of the area in which the UE is expected to be located, one or more accuracy parameters, a timer within which the location server expects to provide the response, or any combination thereof.

条款80.根据条款76至79中任一条款所述的位置服务器,其中所述响应包括:所述响应包括所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示、所述基于位置服务器的定位规程的类型、服务质量(QoS)、错误原因、确定所述UE的所述验证的位置所花费的时间量、指示所述UE的所述验证的位置的置信度的置信度值或它们的任何组合。Clause 80. A location server according to any of clauses 76 to 79, wherein the response comprises: the response comprises the indication that the location of the UE is verified, the type of positioning procedure based on the location server, the quality of service (QoS), the cause of the error, the amount of time taken to determine the verified location of the UE, a confidence value indicating the confidence of the verified location of the UE, or any combination thereof.

条款81.根据条款80所述的位置服务器,其中所述错误原因包括指示以下项的值:拒绝定位、UE不支持、定位失败、或请求超时。Clause 81. A location server according to clause 80, wherein the error cause comprises a value indicating: positioning rejected, UE not supported, positioning failed, or request timed out.

条款82.一种存储计算机可执行指令的非暂态计算机可读介质,所述计算机可执行指令在由无线电接入网络(RAN)节点执行时使所述RAN:从核心网络节点接收验证用户装备(UE)的位置的请求;与所述UE执行基于RAN的定位规程以确定所述UE的验证的位置;以及向所述核心网络节点发送响应,所述响应包括:在所述基于RAN的定位规程期间由所述UE获得的测量、在所述基于RAN的定位规程期间由所述RAN节点获得的测量、所述UE的所述验证的位置、所述UE的所述位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。Clause 82. A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing computer-executable instructions which, when executed by a radio access network (RAN) node, cause the RAN to: receive a request from a core network node to verify the location of a user equipment (UE); perform a RAN-based positioning procedure with the UE to determine the verified location of the UE; and send a response to the core network node, the response comprising: measurements obtained by the UE during the RAN-based positioning procedure, measurements obtained by the RAN node during the RAN-based positioning procedure, the verified location of the UE, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof.

条款83.根据条款82所述的非暂态计算机可读介质,其中所述响应还包括所述基于RAN的定位规程的类型。Clause 83. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of Clause 82, wherein the response further comprises a type of the RAN-based positioning procedure.

条款84.根据条款82至83中任一条款所述的非暂态计算机可读介质,其中:所述响应包括所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示,所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示包括布尔值,并且所述响应还包括指示所述UE的所述验证的位置的置信度的置信度值。Clause 84. A non-transitory computer-readable medium according to any one of clauses 82 to 83, wherein: the response includes the indication that the location of the UE is verified, the indication that the location of the UE is verified includes a Boolean value, and the response also includes a confidence value indicating the confidence of the verified location of the UE.

条款85.根据条款82至84所述的非暂态计算机可读介质,所述非暂态计算机可读介质还包括计算机可执行指令,所述计算机可执行指令在由所述RAN节点执行时使所述RAN节点:向所述核心网络节点发送能力消息,所述能力消息指示所述RAN节点能够验证所述UE的所述位置。Clause 85. A non-transitory computer-readable medium according to clauses 82 to 84, wherein the non-transitory computer-readable medium also includes computer-executable instructions, which, when executed by the RAN node, cause the RAN node to: send a capability message to the core network node, wherein the capability message indicates that the RAN node is capable of verifying the location of the UE.

条款86.根据条款85所述的非暂态计算机可读介质,其中所述RAN节点具有可操纵的备用波束。Clause 86. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of clause 85, wherein the RAN node has a steerable spare beam.

条款87.根据条款82至86中任一条款所述的非暂态计算机可读介质,其中所述RAN节点是空间飞行器或位于空间飞行器上。Clause 87. A non-transitory computer-readable medium as described in any of clauses 82 to 86, wherein the RAN node is a space vehicle or is located on a space vehicle.

条款88.根据条款82至87中任一条款所述的非暂态计算机可读介质,其中所述核心网络节点是:接入和移动性管理功能(AMF),或位置管理功能(LMF)。Clause 88. A non-transitory computer-readable medium as described in any of clauses 82 to 87, wherein the core network node is: an access and mobility management function (AMF), or a location management function (LMF).

条款89.一种存储计算机可执行指令的非暂态计算机可读介质,所述计算机可执行指令在由核心网络节点执行时使所述核心网络节点:向无线电接入网络(RAN)节点发送验证用户装备(UE)的位置的请求;以及从所述RAN节点接收响应,来自所述RAN节点的所述响应包括:在由所述RAN节点和所述UE执行的基于RAN的定位规程期间由所述UE获得的测量、在所述基于RAN的定位规程期间由所述RAN节点获得的测量、所述UE的RAN节点验证的位置、所述UE的所述位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。Clause 89. A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing computer-executable instructions which, when executed by a core network node, cause the core network node to: send a request to a radio access network (RAN) node to verify the location of a user equipment (UE); and receive a response from the RAN node, the response from the RAN node comprising: measurements obtained by the UE during a RAN-based positioning procedure performed by the RAN node and the UE, measurements obtained by the RAN node during the RAN-based positioning procedure, a location of the UE verified by the RAN node, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof.

条款90.根据条款89所述的非暂态计算机可读介质,所述非暂态计算机可读介质还包括计算机可执行指令,所述计算机可执行指令在由所述核心网络节点执行时使所述核心网络节点:从第二核心网络节点接收验证所述UE的所述位置的请求;以及向所述第二核心网络节点发送响应,对所述第二核心网络节点的所述响应包括:在所述基于RAN的定位规程期间由所述UE获得的所述测量、在所述基于RAN的定位规程期间由所述RAN节点获得的所述测量、所述UE的所述RAN节点验证的位置、所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示或它们的任何组合。Clause 90. A non-transitory computer-readable medium according to clause 89, wherein the non-transitory computer-readable medium also includes computer-executable instructions, which, when executed by the core network node, cause the core network node to: receive a request to verify the location of the UE from a second core network node; and send a response to the second core network node, the response to the second core network node comprising: the measurements obtained by the UE during the RAN-based positioning procedure, the measurements obtained by the RAN node during the RAN-based positioning procedure, the location of the UE verified by the RAN node, the indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof.

条款91.根据条款90所述的非暂态计算机可读介质,其中所述第二核心网络节点是位置管理功能(LMF)。Clause 91. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of Clause 90, wherein the second core network node is a location management function (LMF).

条款92.根据条款89至91中任一条款所述的非暂态计算机可读介质,所述非暂态计算机可读介质还包括计算机可执行指令,所述计算机可执行指令在由所述核心网络节点执行时使所述核心网络节点:向位置服务器发送验证所述UE的所述位置的请求;以及从所述位置服务器接收响应,来自所述位置服务器的所述响应包括所述UE的位置服务器验证的位置、所述UE的所述位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。Clause 92. A non-transitory computer-readable medium according to any one of clauses 89 to 91, wherein the non-transitory computer-readable medium also includes computer-executable instructions, which, when executed by the core network node, cause the core network node to: send a request to a location server to verify the location of the UE; and receive a response from the location server, the response from the location server including the location of the UE verified by the location server, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof.

条款93.根据条款92所述的非暂态计算机可读介质,所述非暂态计算机可读介质还包括计算机可执行指令,所述计算机可执行指令在由所述核心网络节点执行时使所述核心网络节点:基于来自所述RAN节点的所述响应、来自所述位置服务器的所述响应或两者来确定所述UE的所述位置是否被验证。Clause 93. According to the non-transitory computer-readable medium of Clause 92, the non-transitory computer-readable medium also includes computer-executable instructions, which, when executed by the core network node, cause the core network node to: determine whether the location of the UE is verified based on the response from the RAN node, the response from the location server, or both.

条款94.根据条款92至93中任一条款所述的非暂态计算机可读介质,其中:来自所述位置服务器的所述响应包括所述UE的所述位置服务器验证的位置,来自所述位置服务器的所述响应还包括在所述位置服务器与所述UE之间执行以确定所述UE的所述位置服务器验证的位置的基于位置服务器的定位规程的类型,并且基于所述基于位置服务器的定位规程的所述类型确定所述UE的所述位置服务器验证的位置被验证。Clause 94. A non-transitory computer-readable medium according to any one of clauses 92 to 93, wherein: the response from the location server includes the location server-verified location of the UE, the response from the location server also includes a type of location server-based positioning procedure performed between the location server and the UE to determine the location server-verified location of the UE, and the location server-verified location of the UE is determined to be verified based on the type of the location server-based positioning procedure.

条款95.根据条款92至94中任一条款所述的非暂态计算机可读介质,其中:来自所述位置服务器的所述响应包括所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示,所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示包括布尔值,并且所述响应还包括指示所述UE的所述位置服务器验证的位置的置信度的置信度值。Clause 95. A non-transitory computer-readable medium according to any one of clauses 92 to 94, wherein: the response from the location server includes the indication that the location of the UE is verified, the indication that the location of the UE is verified includes a Boolean value, and the response also includes a confidence value indicating the confidence of the location of the UE verified by the location server.

条款96.根据条款89至95中任一条款所述的非暂态计算机可读介质,其中来自所述RAN节点的所述响应还包括所述基于RAN的定位规程的类型。Clause 96. A non-transitory computer-readable medium as described in any of clauses 89 to 95, wherein the response from the RAN node also includes a type of the RAN-based positioning procedure.

条款97.根据条款89至96中任一条款所述的非暂态计算机可读介质,其中:来自所述RAN节点的所述响应包括所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示,所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示包括布尔值,并且所述响应还包括指示所述UE的所述RAN节点验证的位置的置信度的置信度值。Clause 97. A non-transitory computer-readable medium as described in any of clauses 89 to 96, wherein: the response from the RAN node includes the indication that the location of the UE is verified, the indication that the location of the UE is verified includes a Boolean value, and the response also includes a confidence value indicating the confidence of the location of the UE verified by the RAN node.

条款98.根据条款89至97中任一条款所述的非暂态计算机可读介质,所述非暂态计算机可读介质还包括计算机可执行指令,所述计算机可执行指令在由所述核心网络节点执行时使所述核心网络节点:从所述RAN节点接收能力消息,所述能力消息指示所述RAN节点能够验证所述UE的所述位置。Clause 98. A non-transitory computer-readable medium according to any one of clauses 89 to 97, wherein the non-transitory computer-readable medium also includes computer-executable instructions, which, when executed by the core network node, cause the core network node to: receive a capability message from the RAN node, wherein the capability message indicates that the RAN node is capable of verifying the location of the UE.

条款99.根据条款89至98中任一条款所述的非暂态计算机可读介质,所述非暂态计算机可读介质还包括计算机可执行指令,所述计算机可执行指令在由所述核心网络节点执行时使所述核心网络节点:触发用于所述UE的所述RAN节点验证的位置的有效性定时器;以及基于一个或多个触发事件触发后续的UE位置验证规程。Clause 99. A non-transitory computer-readable medium according to any one of clauses 89 to 98, wherein the non-transitory computer-readable medium further comprises computer-executable instructions which, when executed by the core network node, cause the core network node to: trigger a validity timer for the location verified by the RAN node for the UE; and trigger subsequent UE location verification procedures based on one or more triggering events.

条款100.根据条款99所述的非暂态计算机可读介质,其中所述一个或多个触发事件包括:所述有效性定时器的期满、UE跟踪区域更新、UE注册区域更新、UE位置高于阈值的改变、UE位置的国家的改变或它们的任何组合。Clause 100. A non-transitory computer-readable medium according to clause 99, wherein the one or more triggering events include: expiration of the validity timer, a UE tracking area update, a UE registration area update, a change in UE location above a threshold, a change in country of UE location, or any combination thereof.

条款101.根据条款99至100中任一条款所述的非暂态计算机可读介质,其中基于在无线电资源控制(RRC)状态转变期间所述UE的所述位置改变小于阈值,所述后续UE位置验证规程不被触发。Clause 101. A non-transitory computer-readable medium as described in any of clauses 99 to 100, wherein the subsequent UE location verification procedure is not triggered based on the location change of the UE during a radio resource control (RRC) state transition being less than a threshold.

条款102.根据条款89至101中任一条款所述的非暂态计算机可读介质,其中所述核心网络节点是接入和移动性管理功能(AMF)。Clause 102. A non-transitory computer-readable medium as described in any of clauses 89 to 101, wherein the core network node is an access and mobility management function (AMF).

条款103.一种存储计算机可执行指令的非暂态计算机可读介质,所述计算机可执行指令在由位置服务器执行时使所述位置服务器:从核心网络节点接收验证用户装备(UE)的位置的请求;与所述UE执行基于位置服务器的定位规程以确定所述UE的验证的位置;以及向所述核心网络节点发送响应,所述响应包括所述UE的验证的位置、所述UE的所述位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。Clause 103. A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing computer-executable instructions, which, when executed by a location server, cause the location server to: receive a request to verify the location of a user equipment (UE) from a core network node; perform a location server-based positioning procedure with the UE to determine the verified location of the UE; and send a response to the core network node, the response including the verified location of the UE, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof.

条款104.根据条款103所述的非暂态计算机可读介质,其中:所述响应包括所述UE的所述验证的位置,并且所述响应还包括所述基于位置服务器的定位规程的类型。Clause 104. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of clause 103, wherein: the response includes the verified location of the UE, and the response further includes a type of positioning procedure based on the location server.

条款105.根据条款103至104中任一条款所述的非暂态计算机可读介质,其中:所述响应包括所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示,所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示包括布尔值,并且所述响应还包括指示所述UE的所述验证的位置的置信度的置信度值。Clause 105. A non-transitory computer-readable medium according to any one of clauses 103 to 104, wherein: the response includes the indication that the location of the UE is verified, the indication that the location of the UE is verified includes a Boolean value, and the response also includes a confidence value indicating the confidence of the verified location of the UE.

条款106.根据条款103至105中任一条款所述的非暂态计算机可读介质,其中所述请求包括:所述UE的标识符、对所述UE预期位于其中的区域的指示、一个或多个准确度参数、所述位置服务器预期在其内提供所述响应的定时器或它们的任何组合。Clause 106. A non-transitory computer-readable medium as described in any of clauses 103 to 105, wherein the request comprises: an identifier of the UE, an indication of an area in which the UE is expected to be located, one or more accuracy parameters, a timer within which the location server expects to provide the response, or any combination thereof.

条款107.根据条款103至106中任一条款所述的非暂态计算机可读介质,其中所述响应包括:所述响应包括所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示、所述基于位置服务器的定位规程的类型、服务质量(QoS)、错误原因、确定所述UE的所述验证的位置所花费的时间量、指示所述UE的所述验证的位置的置信度的置信度值或它们的任何组合。Clause 107. A non-transitory computer-readable medium as described in any of clauses 103 to 106, wherein the response includes: the response includes the indication that the location of the UE is verified, the type of positioning procedure based on the location server, the quality of service (QoS), the cause of the error, the amount of time taken to determine the verified location of the UE, a confidence value indicating the confidence of the verified location of the UE, or any combination thereof.

条款108.根据条款107所述的非暂态计算机可读介质,其中所述错误原因包括指示以下项的值:拒绝定位、UE不支持、定位失败、或请求超时。Clause 108. The non-transitory computer-readable medium of clause 107, wherein the error cause comprises a value indicating: positioning rejected, UE not supported, positioning failed, or request timed out.

本领域技术人员应当理解,信息和信号可以使用多种不同的技术和方法中的任何技术和方法来表示。例如,在以上整个描述中可能提及的数据、指令、命令、信息、信号、位、符号和芯片可以由电压、电流、电磁波、磁场或磁性粒子、光场或光学粒子或它们的任何组合来表示。It should be understood by those skilled in the art that information and signals may be represented using any of a variety of different techniques and methods. For example, data, instructions, commands, information, signals, bits, symbols, and chips that may be mentioned throughout the above description may be represented by voltage, current, electromagnetic waves, magnetic fields or magnetic particles, light fields or optical particles, or any combination thereof.

此外,本领域技术人员应当理解,结合本文所公开的方面描述的各种例示性逻辑块、模块、电路和算法步骤可以被实现为电子硬件、计算机软件或两者的组合。为了清楚地例示硬件和软件的这种可互换性,已经在其功能性方面大致描述了各种例示性组件、框、模块、电路和步骤。将此类功能性实现为硬件还是软件取决于特定应用和对整个系统提出的设计约束。本领域技术人员可以针对每个特定应用以不同的方式实现所描述的功能,但是此类具体实施决定不应当被解释为导致脱离本公开的范围。In addition, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the various exemplary logic blocks, modules, circuits and algorithmic steps described in conjunction with the aspects disclosed herein can be implemented as electronic hardware, computer software or a combination of the two. In order to clearly illustrate this interchangeability of hardware and software, various exemplary components, frames, modules, circuits and steps have been generally described in terms of their functionality. Whether such functionality is implemented as hardware or software depends on the specific application and the design constraints proposed to the entire system. Those skilled in the art can implement the described functions in different ways for each specific application, but such specific implementation decisions should not be interpreted as causing a departure from the scope of the present disclosure.

结合本文所公开的各方面描述的各种例示性逻辑块、模块和电路可以用通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、ASIC、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或晶体管逻辑部件、分立硬件组件或它们的被设计为执行本文所述的功能的任何组合来实现或执行。通用处理器可以是微处理器,但在另选方案中,处理器可以是任何常规的处理器、控制器、微控制器或状态机。处理器也可以被实现为计算设备的组合,例如DSP和微处理器的组合、多个微处理器、一个或多个微处理器与DSP核心的结合、或者任何其他此类配置。The various illustrative logical blocks, modules, and circuits described in conjunction with the various aspects disclosed herein may be implemented or executed with a general purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an ASIC, a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic components, discrete hardware components, or any combination thereof designed to perform the functions described herein. A general purpose processor may be a microprocessor, but in an alternative, the processor may be any conventional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine. The processor may also be implemented as a combination of computing devices, such as a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, a plurality of microprocessors, a combination of one or more microprocessors and a DSP core, or any other such configuration.

结合本文所公开的各方面描述的方法、序列和/或算法可以直接地体现在硬件中、由处理器执行的软件模块中、或者两者的组合中。软件模块可以驻留在随机存取存储器(RAM)、闪存存储器、只读存储器(ROM)、可擦除可编程ROM(EPROM)、电可擦除可编程ROM(EEPROM)、寄存器、硬盘、可移动磁盘、CD-ROM、或本领域已知的任何其他形式的存储介质中。示例存储介质耦合到处理器,使得处理器可以从存储介质读取信息,并且向存储介质写入信息。在另选方案中,存储介质可以与处理器成一整体。处理器和存储介质可以驻留在ASIC中。ASIC可以驻留在用户终端(例如,UE)中。在另选方案中,处理器和存储介质可以作为分立组件驻留在用户终端中。The methods, sequences and/or algorithms described in conjunction with the various aspects disclosed herein may be directly embodied in hardware, in a software module executed by a processor, or in a combination of the two. The software module may reside in a random access memory (RAM), a flash memory, a read-only memory (ROM), an erasable programmable ROM (EPROM), an electrically erasable programmable ROM (EEPROM), a register, a hard disk, a removable disk, a CD-ROM, or any other form of storage medium known in the art. An example storage medium is coupled to a processor so that the processor can read information from the storage medium and write information to the storage medium. In an alternative, the storage medium may be integral with the processor. The processor and the storage medium may reside in an ASIC. The ASIC may reside in a user terminal (e.g., UE). In an alternative, the processor and the storage medium may reside in a user terminal as discrete components.

在一个或多个示例方面,所描述的功能可以在硬件、软件、固件或它们的任何组合中实现。如果以软件实现,则功能可作为一个或多个指令或代码存储在计算机可读介质上或者通过计算机可读介质发送。计算机可读介质包括计算机存储介质和通信介质两者,该通信介质包括促进计算机程序从一个地方传递到另一个地方的任何介质。存储介质可以是可以由计算机访问的任何可用介质。通过示例的方式,此类计算机可读介质可以包括RAM、ROM、EEPROM、CD-ROM或其他光盘存储装置、磁盘存储装置或其他磁存储设备、或者可以用于以指令或数据结构的形式携带或存储期望程序代码并且可以由计算机访问的任何其他介质。此外,任何连接被适当地称为计算机可读介质。例如,如果软件是使用同轴电缆、光纤光缆、双绞线、数字订户线(DSL)或诸如红外线、无线电和微波之类的无线技术来从网站、服务器或其他远程源发送的,则同轴电缆、光纤光缆、双绞线、DSL或诸如红外线、无线电和微波之类的无线技术包括在介质的定义内。如本文所用,磁盘和光盘包括:压缩光盘(CD)、激光光盘、光学光盘、数字多功能光盘(DVD)、软盘和蓝光光盘,其中磁盘通常以磁性方式再现数据,而光盘利用激光以光学方式再现数据。上述的组合应当也包括在计算机可读介质的范围内。In one or more example aspects, the described functions can be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereof. If implemented in software, the functions can be stored on a computer-readable medium or sent via a computer-readable medium as one or more instructions or codes. Computer-readable media include both computer storage media and communication media, which include any media that facilitates the transfer of computer programs from one place to another. Storage media can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer. By way of example, such computer-readable media can include RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage devices, disk storage devices or other magnetic storage devices, or any other media that can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and can be accessed by a computer. In addition, any connection is appropriately referred to as a computer-readable medium. For example, if the software is sent from a website, server, or other remote source using a coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwaves, then coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, DSL, or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwaves are included in the definition of the medium. As used herein, disk and disc include compact disc (CD), laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc (DVD), floppy disk and Blu-ray disc, where disks usually reproduce data magnetically, while discs reproduce data optically with lasers. Combinations of the above should also be included within the scope of computer readable media.

虽然前述公开内容示出了本公开的例示性方面,但是应当注意,可以在本文中进行各种改变和修改而不脱离如由所附权利要求所限定的本公开的范围。例如,根据本文描述的本公开的各方面的方法权利要求的功能、步骤和/或动作不需要以任何特定次序来执行。此外,本文描述或要求保护的任何组件、功能、动作或指令都不应当被解释为关键或必要的,除非明确如此描述。此外,如本文所使用的,术语“集合”、“组”等旨在包括所述元素中的一个或多个所述元素。此外,如本文所用,术语“具有”、“有”、“包括”、“包含”等并不排除一个或多个附加元素的存在(例如,元素“具有”A也可具有B)。此外,短语“基于”旨在表示“至少部分地基于”,除非另外显式地声明。而且,如本文所用,术语“或”当在一系列中使用时旨在是开放式的,并且可与“和/或”互换使用,除非另外明确说明(例如,如果与“任一”或“只有一个”结合使用的话),或者这些另选方案是相互排斥的(例如,“一个或多个”不应被解释为“一个和多个”)。此外,尽管组件、功能、动作和指令可能是以单数形式来描述或要求保护的,但是除非明确声明限于单数形式,否则也可考虑复数形式。因此,如本文所用,冠词“一个”、“一种”、“该”和“所述”旨在包括所述元素中的一个或多个所述元素。附加地,如本文所用,术语“至少一个”和“一个或多个”包括执行或能够执行所描述或要求保护的功能性的“一个”组件、功能、动作或指令,并且还包括组合地执行或能够执行所描述或要求保护的功能性的“两个或更多个”组件、功能、动作或指令。Although the foregoing disclosure shows the exemplary aspects of the present disclosure, it should be noted that various changes and modifications can be made herein without departing from the scope of the present disclosure as defined by the appended claims. For example, the functions, steps and/or actions of the method claims according to the various aspects of the present disclosure described herein do not need to be performed in any particular order. In addition, any component, function, action or instruction described or claimed herein should not be interpreted as critical or necessary unless explicitly described as such. In addition, as used herein, the terms "set", "group" and the like are intended to include one or more of the elements described. In addition, as used herein, the terms "have", "have", "include", "comprise" and the like do not exclude the presence of one or more additional elements (for example, an element "having" A may also have B). In addition, the phrase "based on" is intended to mean "based at least in part on", unless otherwise explicitly stated. Moreover, as used herein, the term "or" is intended to be open-ended when used in a series and may be used interchangeably with "and/or" unless otherwise expressly stated (e.g., if used in conjunction with "either" or "only one"), or these alternatives are mutually exclusive (e.g., "one or more" should not be interpreted as "one and more"). In addition, although components, functions, actions, and instructions may be described or claimed in the singular, the plural form may also be considered unless expressly stated to be limited to the singular. Therefore, as used herein, the articles "one", "a", "the", and "said" are intended to include one or more of the elements described. Additionally, as used herein, the terms "at least one" and "one or more" include "one" component, function, action, or instruction that performs or is capable of performing the functionality described or claimed, and also include "two or more" components, functions, actions, or instructions that perform or are capable of performing the functionality described or claimed in combination.

Claims (30)

1.一种由无线电接入网络(RAN)节点执行的位置验证的方法,所述方法包括:1. A method of location verification performed by a Radio Access Network (RAN) node, the method comprising: 从核心网络节点接收验证用户装备(UE)的位置的请求;receiving a request to verify a location of a user equipment (UE) from a core network node; 与所述UE执行基于RAN的定位规程以确定所述UE的验证的位置;以及performing a RAN-based positioning procedure with the UE to determine a verified location of the UE; and 向所述核心网络节点发送响应,所述响应包括:在所述基于RAN的定位规程期间由所述UE获得的测量、在所述基于RAN的定位规程期间由所述RAN节点获得的测量、所述UE的所述验证的位置、所述UE的所述位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。sending a response to the core network node, the response comprising: measurements obtained by the UE during the RAN based positioning procedure, measurements obtained by the RAN node during the RAN based positioning procedure, the verified location of the UE, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof. 2.根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中所述响应还包括所述基于RAN的定位规程的类型。2 . The method of claim 1 , wherein the response further comprises a type of the RAN-based positioning procedure. 3.根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中:3. The method according to claim 1, wherein: 所述响应包括所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示,the response comprising the indication that the location of the UE is verified, 所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示包括布尔值,并且The indication that the location of the UE is verified comprises a Boolean value, and 所述响应还包括指示所述UE的所述验证的位置的置信度的置信度值。The response also includes a confidence value indicating a confidence in the verified location of the UE. 4.根据权利要求1所述的方法,所述方法还包括:4. The method according to claim 1, further comprising: 向所述核心网络节点发送能力消息,所述能力消息指示所述RAN节点能够验证所述UE的所述位置。A capability message is sent to the core network node, the capability message indicating that the RAN node is capable of verifying the location of the UE. 5.根据权利要求4所述的方法,其中:5. The method according to claim 4, wherein: 所述RAN节点具有可操纵的备用波束。The RAN node has steerable spare beams. 6.根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中所述RAN节点是空间飞行器或位于空间飞行器上。6. The method of claim 1, wherein the RAN node is or is located on a space vehicle. 7.根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中所述核心网络节点是:7. The method of claim 1, wherein the core network node is: 接入和移动性管理功能(AMF),或者Access and Mobility Management Function (AMF), or 位置管理功能(LMF)。Location Management Function (LMF). 8.一种由核心网络节点执行的位置验证的方法,所述方法包括:8. A method of location verification performed by a core network node, the method comprising: 向无线电接入网络(RAN)节点发送验证用户装备(UE)的位置的请求;以及sending a request to a radio access network (RAN) node to verify a location of a user equipment (UE); and 从所述RAN节点接收响应,来自所述RAN节点的所述响应包括:在由所述RAN节点和所述UE执行的基于RAN的定位规程期间由所述UE获得的测量、在所述基于RAN的定位规程期间由所述RAN节点获得的测量、所述UE的RAN节点验证的位置、所述UE的所述位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。receiving a response from the RAN node, the response from the RAN node comprising: measurements obtained by the UE during a RAN based positioning procedure performed by the RAN node and the UE, measurements obtained by the RAN node during the RAN based positioning procedure, a position of the UE verified by the RAN node, an indication that the position of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof. 9.根据权利要求8所述的方法,所述方法还包括:9. The method according to claim 8, further comprising: 从第二核心网络节点接收验证所述UE的所述位置的请求;以及receiving a request from a second core network node to verify the location of the UE; and 向所述第二核心网络节点发送响应,对所述第二核心网络节点的所述响应包括:在所述基于RAN的定位规程期间由所述UE获得的所述测量、在所述基于RAN的定位规程期间由所述RAN节点获得的所述测量、所述UE的所述RAN节点验证的位置、所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示或它们的任何组合。and sending a response to the second core network node, the response to the second core network node comprising: the measurements obtained by the UE during the RAN based positioning procedure, the measurements obtained by the RAN node during the RAN based positioning procedure, the location of the UE verified by the RAN node, the indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof. 10.根据权利要求9所述的方法,其中所述第二核心网络节点是位置管理功能(LMF)。10. The method of claim 9, wherein the second core network node is a Location Management Function (LMF). 11.根据权利要求8所述的方法,所述方法还包括:11. The method according to claim 8, further comprising: 向位置服务器发送验证所述UE的所述位置的请求;以及sending a request to a location server to verify the location of the UE; and 从所述位置服务器接收响应,来自所述位置服务器的所述响应包括所述UE的位置服务器验证的位置、所述UE的所述位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。A response is received from the location server, the response from the location server comprising a location of the UE verified by the location server, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof. 12.根据权利要求11所述的方法,所述方法还包括:12. The method according to claim 11, further comprising: 基于来自所述RAN节点的所述响应、来自所述位置服务器的所述响应或两者来确定所述UE的所述位置是否被验证。A determination is made whether the location of the UE is verified based on the response from the RAN node, the response from the location server, or both. 13.根据权利要求11所述的方法,其中:13. The method according to claim 11, wherein: 来自所述位置服务器的所述响应包括所述UE的所述位置服务器验证的位置,the response from the location server includes the location of the UE verified by the location server, 来自所述位置服务器的所述响应还包括在所述位置服务器与所述UE之间执行以确定所述UE的所述位置服务器验证的位置的基于位置服务器的定位规程的类型,并且The response from the location server also includes a type of location server-based positioning procedure performed between the location server and the UE to determine the location server-verified location of the UE, and 基于所述基于位置服务器的定位规程的所述类型确定所述UE的所述位置服务器验证的位置被验证。The location server-verified location of the UE is verified based on the type of the location server-based positioning procedure. 14.根据权利要求11所述的方法,其中:14. The method according to claim 11, wherein: 来自所述位置服务器的所述响应包括所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示,the response from the location server comprising the indication that the location of the UE is verified, 所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示包括布尔值,并且The indication that the location of the UE is verified comprises a Boolean value, and 所述响应还包括指示所述UE的所述位置服务器验证的位置的置信度的置信度值。The response also includes a confidence value indicating a confidence of the location of the UE as verified by the location server. 15.根据权利要求8所述的方法,其中来自所述RAN节点的所述响应还包括所述基于RAN的定位规程的类型。15. The method of claim 8, wherein the response from the RAN node further includes a type of the RAN based positioning procedure. 16.根据权利要求8所述的方法,其中:16. The method of claim 8, wherein: 来自所述RAN节点的所述响应包括所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示,the response from the RAN node comprises the indication that the location of the UE is verified, 所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示包括布尔值,并且The indication that the location of the UE is verified comprises a Boolean value, and 所述响应还包括指示所述UE的所述RAN节点验证的位置的置信度的置信度值。The response also includes a confidence value indicating a confidence in the location of the UE verified by the RAN node. 17.根据权利要求8所述的方法,所述方法还包括:17. The method according to claim 8, further comprising: 从所述RAN节点接收能力消息,所述能力消息指示所述RAN节点能够验证所述UE的所述位置。A capability message is received from the RAN node, the capability message indicating that the RAN node is capable of verifying the location of the UE. 18.根据权利要求8所述的方法,所述方法还包括:18. The method according to claim 8, further comprising: 触发用于所述UE的所述RAN节点验证的位置的有效性定时器;以及triggering a validity timer for a location verified by the RAN node of the UE; and 基于一个或多个触发事件触发后续的UE位置验证规程。A subsequent UE location verification procedure is triggered based on one or more triggering events. 19.根据权利要求18所述的方法,其中所述一个或多个触发事件包括:19. The method of claim 18, wherein the one or more triggering events include: 所述有效性定时器的到期,expiry of the validity timer, UE跟踪区域更新,UE tracking area update, UE注册区域更新,UE registration area update, UE位置高于阈值的改变,Change in UE location above a threshold, UE位置的国家改变,或者The country of the UE's location changes, or 它们的任何组合。Any combination of them. 20.根据权利要求18所述的方法,其中基于在无线电资源控制(RRC)状态转变期间所述UE的所述位置改变小于阈值,所述后续UE位置验证规程不被触发。20. The method of claim 18, wherein the subsequent UE location verification procedure is not triggered based on the location change of the UE being less than a threshold during a radio resource control (RRC) state transition. 21.根据权利要求8所述的方法,其中所述核心网络节点是接入和移动性管理功能(AMF)。21. The method of claim 8, wherein the core network node is an Access and Mobility Management Function (AMF). 22.一种由位置服务器执行的位置验证的方法,所述方法包括:22. A method of location verification performed by a location server, the method comprising: 从核心网络节点接收验证用户装备(UE)的位置的请求;receiving a request to verify a location of a user equipment (UE) from a core network node; 与所述UE执行基于位置服务器的定位规程以确定所述UE的验证的位置;以及performing a location server-based positioning procedure with the UE to determine a verified location of the UE; and 向所述核心网络节点发送响应,所述响应包括所述UE的验证的位置、所述UE的所述位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。A response is sent to the core network node, the response comprising the verified location of the UE, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof. 23.根据权利要求22所述的方法,其中:23. The method of claim 22, wherein: 所述响应包括所述UE的所述验证的位置,并且The response includes the verified location of the UE, and 所述响应还包括所述基于位置服务器的定位规程的类型。The response also includes the type of positioning procedure based on the location server. 24.根据权利要求22所述的方法,其中:24. The method of claim 22, wherein: 所述响应包括所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示,the response comprising the indication that the location of the UE is verified, 所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示包括布尔值,并且The indication that the location of the UE is verified comprises a Boolean value, and 所述响应还包括指示所述UE的所述验证的位置的置信度的置信度值。The response also includes a confidence value indicating a confidence in the verified location of the UE. 25.根据权利要求22所述的方法,其中所述请求包括:25. The method of claim 22, wherein the request comprises: 所述UE的标识符,an identifier of the UE, 对所述UE预期位于其中的区域的指示,an indication of an area in which the UE is expected to be located, 一个或多个准确度参数,one or more accuracy parameters, 所述位置服务器预期在其内提供所述响应的定时器,或者a timer within which the location server is expected to provide the response, or 它们的任何组合。Any combination of them. 26.根据权利要求22所述的方法,其中所述响应包括:26. The method of claim 22, wherein the response comprises: 所述响应包括所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示,the response comprising the indication that the location of the UE is verified, 所述基于位置服务器的定位规程的类型,the type of the location server-based positioning procedure, 服务质量(QoS),Quality of Service (QoS), 错误原因,Cause of error, 确定所述UE的所述验证的位置所花费的时间量,an amount of time taken to determine the verified location of the UE, 指示所述UE的所述验证的位置的置信度的置信度值,或者它们的任何组合。a confidence value indicating the confidence of the verified location of the UE, or any combination thereof. 27.根据权利要求26所述的方法,其中所述错误原因包括指示以下项的值:27. The method of claim 26, wherein the error cause comprises a value indicating: 拒绝定位,Refuse to locate, UE不支持,UE does not support, 定位失败,或者Positioning failed, or 请求超时。The request timed out. 28.一种无线电接入网络(RAN)节点,所述无线电接入网络(RAN)节点包括:28. A radio access network (RAN) node, the radio access network (RAN) node comprising: 存储器;Memory; 至少一个收发器;和at least one transceiver; and 至少一个处理器,所述至少一个处理器通信地耦合到所述存储器和所述至少一个收发器,所述至少一个处理器被配置为:at least one processor, the at least one processor being communicatively coupled to the memory and the at least one transceiver, the at least one processor being configured to: 经由所述至少一个收发器从核心网络节点接收验证用户装备(UE)的位置的请求;receiving, via the at least one transceiver, from a core network node a request to verify a location of a user equipment (UE); 与所述UE执行基于RAN的定位规程以确定所述UE的验证的位置;以及performing a RAN-based positioning procedure with the UE to determine a verified location of the UE; and 经由所述至少一个收发器向所述核心网络节点发送响应,所述响应包括:在所述基于RAN的定位规程期间由所述UE获得的测量、在所述基于RAN的定位规程期间由所述RAN节点获得的测量、所述UE的所述验证的位置、所述UE的所述位置被验证的指示或它们的任何组合。and sending a response to the core network node via the at least one transceiver, the response comprising: measurements obtained by the UE during the RAN based positioning procedure, measurements obtained by the RAN node during the RAN based positioning procedure, the verified location of the UE, an indication that the location of the UE is verified, or any combination thereof. 29.根据权利要求28所述的RAN节点,其中所述响应还包括所述基于RAN的定位规程的类型。29. The RAN node of claim 28, wherein the response further comprises a type of the RAN based positioning procedure. 30.根据权利要求28所述的RAN节点,其中:30. The RAN node of claim 28, wherein: 所述响应包括所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示,the response comprising the indication that the location of the UE is verified, 所述UE的所述位置被验证的所述指示包括布尔值,并且The indication that the location of the UE is verified comprises a Boolean value, and 所述响应还包括指示所述UE的所述验证的位置的置信度的置信度值。The response also includes a confidence value indicating a confidence in the verified location of the UE.
CN202380065796.6A 2022-09-26 2023-08-11 Network authentication of User Equipment (UE) location Pending CN119866657A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202263377174P 2022-09-26 2022-09-26
US63/377,174 2022-09-26
US18/353,418 2023-07-17
US18/353,418 US20240107489A1 (en) 2022-09-26 2023-07-17 Network verification of user equipment (ue) location
PCT/US2023/072075 WO2024073187A1 (en) 2022-09-26 2023-08-11 Network verification of user equipment (ue) location

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN119866657A true CN119866657A (en) 2025-04-22

Family

ID=87930043

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN202380065796.6A Pending CN119866657A (en) 2022-09-26 2023-08-11 Network authentication of User Equipment (UE) location

Country Status (3)

Country Link
EP (1) EP4595608A1 (en)
CN (1) CN119866657A (en)
WO (1) WO2024073187A1 (en)

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10383166B2 (en) * 2010-04-14 2019-08-13 Qualcomm Incorporated Method and apparatus for supporting location services via a home node B (HNB)
US9344993B2 (en) * 2014-04-01 2016-05-17 Telecommunication Systems, Inc. Location verification

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4595608A1 (en) 2025-08-06
WO2024073187A1 (en) 2024-04-04

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7797511B2 (en) Storing positioning capabilities in a network
KR20240150430A (en) Display volume related information for wireless detection
JP2024529323A (en) REQUEST FOR ON-DEMAND POSITIONING REFERENCE SIGNAL POSITIONING SESSION AT FUTURE TIME - Patent application
KR20230134478A (en) Optimization of signaling for beam shape auxiliary data for mobile device location
CN121548753A (en) Signaling for positioning of joint user equipment (UE) and group environment radio frequency identification (RFID) devices
CN121220119A (en) Crowdsourced Cell Selection for Location
TW202433977A (en) Enhanced multipath component reporting in new radio
US20240107489A1 (en) Network verification of user equipment (ue) location
CN120693937A (en) Techniques for joint UE and sidelink positioning
CN120937457A (en) Side link localization anchor classification and selection
KR20240019129A (en) Signaling for high-altitude platform positioning
US20250048329A1 (en) Expiration timer for double difference positioning correction
CN119866657A (en) Network authentication of User Equipment (UE) location
TW202437802A (en) Radio access network (ran) analytics exposure to the location server
CN120604587A (en) Reporting of additional User Equipment (UE) measurements for Enhanced Cell Identity (E-CTD)
KR20250068615A (en) Location information type switching based on power saving considerations
WO2025230636A1 (en) Bluetooth® channel sounding (bcs) configuration and reporting for cellular positioning
WO2024191591A1 (en) Mirror point resolution in non-terrestrial network positioning
TW202502072A (en) Optimizing positioning performance for indoor versus outdoor devices
EP4702803A1 (en) Continuity of positioning based on sounding reference signal (srs) transmission upon handover
CN118402291A (en) Conditions for switching between User Equipment (UE) -assisted mode and UE-based mode within a positioning session
WO2026044142A1 (en) Multi-wireless technology positioning for a group of co-located target devices
TW202512784A (en) Joint uu and sidelink reference signal time difference (rstd) measurement for joint uu and sidelink positioning
CN120225897A (en) Method and system for a cloud-based multi-technology positioning engine
CN121844223A (en) Hybrid localization based on frequency-dependent propagation effects

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PB01 Publication
PB01 Publication
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination